IL292060A - Avoidance of redundant signaling in multi-layer video bitstreams - Google Patents
Avoidance of redundant signaling in multi-layer video bitstreamsInfo
- Publication number
- IL292060A IL292060A IL292060A IL29206022A IL292060A IL 292060 A IL292060 A IL 292060A IL 292060 A IL292060 A IL 292060A IL 29206022 A IL29206022 A IL 29206022A IL 292060 A IL292060 A IL 292060A
- Authority
- IL
- Israel
- Prior art keywords
- vps
- parameters
- layer
- picture
- dpb
- Prior art date
Links
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 title description 16
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 139
- 230000002123 temporal effect Effects 0.000 claims description 81
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 claims description 73
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 claims description 16
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 claims description 10
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 382
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 description 93
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 69
- 208000037170 Delayed Emergence from Anesthesia Diseases 0.000 description 31
- 239000011229 interlayer Substances 0.000 description 29
- 238000013139 quantization Methods 0.000 description 29
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 24
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 22
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 18
- 241000023320 Luma <angiosperm> Species 0.000 description 17
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 17
- OSWPMRLSEDHDFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl salicylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O OSWPMRLSEDHDFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 12
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 12
- 230000003139 buffering effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 238000000638 solvent extraction Methods 0.000 description 11
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000005192 partition Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000003044 adaptive effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000011017 operating method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000002356 single layer Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000002457 bidirectional effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000012952 Resampling Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 4
- FMYKJLXRRQTBOR-UBFHEZILSA-N (2s)-2-acetamido-4-methyl-n-[4-methyl-1-oxo-1-[[(2s)-1-oxohexan-2-yl]amino]pentan-2-yl]pentanamide Chemical group CCCC[C@@H](C=O)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(C)=O FMYKJLXRRQTBOR-UBFHEZILSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241001482237 Pica Species 0.000 description 3
- 238000003491 array Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001174 ascending effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 101150103552 cagE gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000012536 storage buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000153 supplemental effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 3
- 108091000069 Cystinyl Aminopeptidase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100020872 Leucyl-cystinyl aminopeptidase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 230000006837 decompression Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000034188 Stiff person spectrum disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920010524 Syndiotactic polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013500 data storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019580 granularity Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000009499 grossing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000012112 ischiocoxopodopatellar syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000012804 iterative process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008520 organization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013468 resource allocation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002490 spark plasma sintering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019587 texture Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012795 verification Methods 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N19/00—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals
- H04N19/30—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using hierarchical techniques, e.g. scalability
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N19/00—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals
- H04N19/10—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using adaptive coding
- H04N19/102—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using adaptive coding characterised by the element, parameter or selection affected or controlled by the adaptive coding
- H04N19/103—Selection of coding mode or of prediction mode
- H04N19/105—Selection of the reference unit for prediction within a chosen coding or prediction mode, e.g. adaptive choice of position and number of pixels used for prediction
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N19/00—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals
- H04N19/10—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using adaptive coding
- H04N19/134—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using adaptive coding characterised by the element, parameter or criterion affecting or controlling the adaptive coding
- H04N19/136—Incoming video signal characteristics or properties
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N19/00—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals
- H04N19/10—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using adaptive coding
- H04N19/134—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using adaptive coding characterised by the element, parameter or criterion affecting or controlling the adaptive coding
- H04N19/157—Assigned coding mode, i.e. the coding mode being predefined or preselected to be further used for selection of another element or parameter
- H04N19/159—Prediction type, e.g. intra-frame, inter-frame or bidirectional frame prediction
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N19/00—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals
- H04N19/10—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using adaptive coding
- H04N19/169—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using adaptive coding characterised by the coding unit, i.e. the structural portion or semantic portion of the video signal being the object or the subject of the adaptive coding
- H04N19/184—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using adaptive coding characterised by the coding unit, i.e. the structural portion or semantic portion of the video signal being the object or the subject of the adaptive coding the unit being bits, e.g. of the compressed video stream
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N19/00—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals
- H04N19/10—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using adaptive coding
- H04N19/169—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using adaptive coding characterised by the coding unit, i.e. the structural portion or semantic portion of the video signal being the object or the subject of the adaptive coding
- H04N19/188—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using adaptive coding characterised by the coding unit, i.e. the structural portion or semantic portion of the video signal being the object or the subject of the adaptive coding the unit being a video data packet, e.g. a network abstraction layer [NAL] unit
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N19/00—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals
- H04N19/42—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals characterised by implementation details or hardware specially adapted for video compression or decompression, e.g. dedicated software implementation
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N19/00—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals
- H04N19/42—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals characterised by implementation details or hardware specially adapted for video compression or decompression, e.g. dedicated software implementation
- H04N19/423—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals characterised by implementation details or hardware specially adapted for video compression or decompression, e.g. dedicated software implementation characterised by memory arrangements
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N19/00—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals
- H04N19/46—Embedding additional information in the video signal during the compression process
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N19/00—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals
- H04N19/46—Embedding additional information in the video signal during the compression process
- H04N19/463—Embedding additional information in the video signal during the compression process by compressing encoding parameters before transmission
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N19/00—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals
- H04N19/50—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using predictive coding
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N19/00—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals
- H04N19/50—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using predictive coding
- H04N19/503—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using predictive coding involving temporal prediction
- H04N19/51—Motion estimation or motion compensation
- H04N19/513—Processing of motion vectors
- H04N19/517—Processing of motion vectors by encoding
- H04N19/52—Processing of motion vectors by encoding by predictive encoding
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N19/00—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals
- H04N19/50—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using predictive coding
- H04N19/503—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using predictive coding involving temporal prediction
- H04N19/51—Motion estimation or motion compensation
- H04N19/573—Motion compensation with multiple frame prediction using two or more reference frames in a given prediction direction
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N19/00—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals
- H04N19/50—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using predictive coding
- H04N19/593—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using predictive coding involving spatial prediction techniques
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N19/00—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals
- H04N19/60—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using transform coding
- H04N19/61—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using transform coding in combination with predictive coding
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N19/00—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals
- H04N19/70—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals characterised by syntax aspects related to video coding, e.g. related to compression standards
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N19/00—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals
- H04N19/80—Details of filtering operations specially adapted for video compression, e.g. for pixel interpolation
- H04N19/82—Details of filtering operations specially adapted for video compression, e.g. for pixel interpolation involving filtering within a prediction loop
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N19/00—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals
- H04N19/10—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using adaptive coding
- H04N19/169—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using adaptive coding characterised by the coding unit, i.e. the structural portion or semantic portion of the video signal being the object or the subject of the adaptive coding
- H04N19/17—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using adaptive coding characterised by the coding unit, i.e. the structural portion or semantic portion of the video signal being the object or the subject of the adaptive coding the unit being an image region, e.g. an object
- H04N19/172—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using adaptive coding characterised by the coding unit, i.e. the structural portion or semantic portion of the video signal being the object or the subject of the adaptive coding the unit being an image region, e.g. an object the region being a picture, frame or field
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N19/00—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals
- H04N19/10—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using adaptive coding
- H04N19/169—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using adaptive coding characterised by the coding unit, i.e. the structural portion or semantic portion of the video signal being the object or the subject of the adaptive coding
- H04N19/17—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using adaptive coding characterised by the coding unit, i.e. the structural portion or semantic portion of the video signal being the object or the subject of the adaptive coding the unit being an image region, e.g. an object
- H04N19/174—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using adaptive coding characterised by the coding unit, i.e. the structural portion or semantic portion of the video signal being the object or the subject of the adaptive coding the unit being an image region, e.g. an object the region being a slice, e.g. a line of blocks or a group of blocks
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N19/00—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals
- H04N19/10—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using adaptive coding
- H04N19/169—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using adaptive coding characterised by the coding unit, i.e. the structural portion or semantic portion of the video signal being the object or the subject of the adaptive coding
- H04N19/187—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using adaptive coding characterised by the coding unit, i.e. the structural portion or semantic portion of the video signal being the object or the subject of the adaptive coding the unit being a scalable video layer
Description
1/12 100 101 Input Video Signal 111 103 Determine Partitions Block Partitioning 113 105 Block Decoding Block Compression 115 107 Filtering Filtering 109 Output Video Signal Bitstream 117 2/12 211 General Coder Control 213 201 Scaling & 229 Inverse Transform Partitioned Transform Scaling & Video Signal Quantization 227 Intra-Picture Filter Control 231 Estimation Analysis Header Formatting & 215 CABAC 217 Intra-Picture 225 Prediction In-loop Filters Motion Compensation 219 Motion Decoded Estimation Picture Buffer 221 223 3/12 301 313 Partitioned Transform & Entropy Video Signal Quantization Coding 331 Intra-Picture Inverse Prediction Transform & Quantization 329 317 Motion Compensation 325 321 In-loop Filters Decoded Picture Buffer 323 4/12 429 Inverse Entropy Transform & Decoding Quantization 433 421 Motion Compensation 417 Intra-Picture Prediction 423 425 Decoded In-loop Filters Picture Buffer 5/12 Layer N+1 . . . . . .
Layer N . . . . . .
Inter-layer Inter prediction prediction FIG. 5 6/12 661 662 663 664 651 652 653 654 641 642 643 644 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 661 662 663 664 651 652 653 654 641 642 643 644 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 661 662 663 664 651 652 653 654 641 642 643 644 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 Coded Video Sequence 690 7/12 8/12 DCI VPS SPS PPS PH Picture PU PU vps_ptl_max_tid[ i ] vps_dpb_max_tid[ i ] vps_hrd_max_tid[ i ] i-th profile_tier_level( ) syntax structure i-th dpb_parameters( ) syntax structure i-th ols_timing_hrd_parameters( ) syntax structure SPS DCI NAL VPS PPS NAL PH NAL Unit NAL Unit Unit NAL Unit Unit Slice Header Slice VCL NAL Unit Slice Header Slice VCL NAL Unit Slice Header Slice VCL NAL Unit Coded Video Sequence 9/12 Receive a video bitstream including a plurality of layers having sublayers and a video parameter set (VPS) including a first flag having a first value, wherein the first flag having the first value specifies that a temporal identifier (ID) of a highest sublayer representation for level information, a temporal identifier (ID) of a highest sublayer representation for decoded picture buffer (DPB) parameters, and a 902 temporal identifier (ID) of a highest sublayer representation for hypothetical decoder refresh (HRD) parameters are not present in the VPS and are inferred to be equal to a maximum number of the sublayers that may be present in a layer of the plurality of layers specified by the VPS Obtain the level information, the HRD parameters, and the 904 DPB parameters corresponding to the temporal ID of the highest sublayer representation from the VPS Decode a picture from one of the plurality of layers to obtain a 906 decoded picture 10/12 Generate a plurality of layers having sublayers and a video parameter 1002 set (VPS) including a first flag Set the first flag to a first value to specify that a temporal identifier (ID) of a highest sublayer representation for level information, a temporal identifier (ID) of a highest sublayer representation for decoded picture buffer (DPB) parameters, and a 1004 temporal identifier (ID) of a highest sublayer representation for hypothetical decoder refresh (HRD) parameters are not present in the VPS and should be inferred to be equal to a maximum number of the sublayers that may be present in a layer of the plurality of layers specified by the VPS 1006 Encode the plurality of layers and the VPS into a video bitstream 1008 Store the video bitstream for communication toward a video decoder 11/12 1180 I/O devices 1110 1130 1150 Processor 1120 1140 Coding Module Tx/Rx Tx/Rx 1170 1160 Memory Upstream Downstream Ports Ports 12/12 1202 1201 Receiving Means 1205 1203 Processing Storage Means Means 1207 Transmission MeansAVOIDANCE OF REDUNDANT SIGNALING IN MULTI-LAYER VIDEO BITSTREAMS CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS 1. 1. id="p-1" id="p-1" id="p-1" id="p-1" id="p-1" id="p-1" id="p-1" id="p-1" id="p-1" id="p-1" id="p-1"
id="p-1"
[0001] This patent applicationUS05444806 claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/911,808 filed October 7, 2019, by Ye-Kui Wang and titled "Scalability in Video Coding," which is hereby incorporated by reference.
TECHNICAL FIELD 2. 2. id="p-2" id="p-2" id="p-2" id="p-2" id="p-2" id="p-2" id="p-2" id="p-2" id="p-2" id="p-2" id="p-2"
id="p-2"
[0002] In general, this disclosure describes techniques for multi-layer video bitstreams in video coding. More specifically, this disclosure describes techniques for eliminating redundancy when signaling parameters corresponding to layers in a multi-layer bitstream in video coding.
BACKGROUND 3. 3. id="p-3" id="p-3" id="p-3" id="p-3" id="p-3" id="p-3" id="p-3" id="p-3" id="p-3" id="p-3" id="p-3"
id="p-3"
[0003] The amount of video data needed to depict even a relatively short video can be substantial, which may result in difficulties when the data is to be streamed or otherwise communicated across a communications network with limited bandwidth capacity. Thus, video data is generally compressed before being communicated across modern day telecommunications networks. The size of a video could also be an issue when the video is stored on a storage device because memory resources may be limited. Video compression devices often use software and/or hardware at the source to code the video data prior to transmission or storage, thereby decreasing the quantity of data needed to represent digital video images. The compressed data is then received at the destination by a video decompression device that decodes the video data. With limited network resources and ever increasing demands of higher video quality, improved compression and decompression techniques that improve compression ratio with little to no sacrifice in image quality are desirable.
SUMMARY 4. 4. id="p-4" id="p-4" id="p-4" id="p-4" id="p-4" id="p-4" id="p-4" id="p-4" id="p-4" id="p-4" id="p-4"
id="p-4"
[0004] A first aspect relates to a method of decoding implemented by a video decoder, comprising: receiving, by the video decoder, a video bitstream including a plurality of layers having sublayers and a video parameter set (VPS) including a first flag having a first value, wherein the first flag having the first value specifies that a temporal identifier (ID) of a 1 highest sublayer representation for level information, the temporal identifier (ID) of a highest sublayer representation for decoded picture buffer (DPB) parameters, and the temporal identifier (ID) of a highest sublayer representation for hypothetical decoder refresh (HRD) parameters are not present in the VPS and are inferred to be equal to a maximum number of the sublayers that may be present in a layer of the plurality of layers specified by the VPS; obtaining, by the video decoder, the level information, the HRD parameters, and the DPB parameters corresponding to the temporal ID of the highest sublayer representation from the VPS; and decoding, by the video decoder, a picture from one of the plurality of layers to obtain a decoded picture. . . id="p-5" id="p-5" id="p-5" id="p-5" id="p-5" id="p-5" id="p-5" id="p-5" id="p-5" id="p-5" id="p-5"
id="p-5"
[0005] The method provides techniques that ensure the same profile, tier, and level (PTL) parameters, hypothetical reference decoder (HRD) parameters, and decoded picture buffer (DPB) parameters are not repeatedly signaled for the layers in a multi-layer bitstream.
Signaling the same PTL parameters, HRD parameters, and DPB parameters only once reduces redundancy and increases coding efficiency for multi-layer video bitstreams. Thus, the coder / decoder (a.k.a., "codec") in video coding is improved relative to current codecs. As a practical matter, the improved video coding process offers the user a better user experience when videos are sent, received, and/or viewed. 6. 6. id="p-6" id="p-6" id="p-6" id="p-6" id="p-6" id="p-6" id="p-6" id="p-6" id="p-6" id="p-6" id="p-6"
id="p-6"
[0006] Optionally, in any of the preceding aspects, another implementation of the aspect provides that the maximum number of sublayers is in a range of one to seven, and wherein the first value is one and the second value is zero. 7. 7. id="p-7" id="p-7" id="p-7" id="p-7" id="p-7" id="p-7" id="p-7" id="p-7" id="p-7" id="p-7" id="p-7"
id="p-7"
[0007] Optionally, in any of the preceding aspects, another implementation of the aspect provides that the level information is included in profile, tier, and level (PTL) parameters. 8. 8. id="p-8" id="p-8" id="p-8" id="p-8" id="p-8" id="p-8" id="p-8" id="p-8" id="p-8" id="p-8" id="p-8"
id="p-8"
[0008] Optionally, in any of the preceding aspects, another implementation of the aspect provides that the level information is present in an i-th profile_tier_level( ) syntax structure in the VPS. 9. 9. id="p-9" id="p-9" id="p-9" id="p-9" id="p-9" id="p-9" id="p-9" id="p-9" id="p-9" id="p-9" id="p-9"
id="p-9"
[0009] Optionally, in any of the preceding aspects, another implementation of the aspect provides that the DPB parameters are present in an i-th dpb_parameters( ) syntax structure in the VPS. . . id="p-10" id="p-10" id="p-10" id="p-10" id="p-10" id="p-10" id="p-10" id="p-10" id="p-10" id="p-10" id="p-10"
id="p-10"
[0010] Optionally, in any of the preceding aspects, another implementation of the aspect provides that the HRD parameters in an i-th ols_timing_hrd_parameters( ) syntax structure are in the VPS or a sequence parameter set (SPS). 11. 11. id="p-11" id="p-11" id="p-11" id="p-11" id="p-11" id="p-11" id="p-11" id="p-11" id="p-11" id="p-11" id="p-11"
id="p-11"
[0011] Optionally, in any of the preceding aspects, another implementation of the aspect provides that the picture is decoded using one or both of the level information and the DPB parameters. 2 12. 12. id="p-12" id="p-12" id="p-12" id="p-12" id="p-12" id="p-12" id="p-12" id="p-12" id="p-12" id="p-12" id="p-12"
id="p-12"
[0012] Optionally, in any of the preceding aspects, another implementation of the aspect provides that the picture is decoded without using the HRD parameters. 13. 13. id="p-13" id="p-13" id="p-13" id="p-13" id="p-13" id="p-13" id="p-13" id="p-13" id="p-13" id="p-13" id="p-13"
id="p-13"
[0013] Optionally, in any of the preceding aspects, another implementation of the aspect provides displaying the decoded picture on a display of an electronic device. 14. 14. id="p-14" id="p-14" id="p-14" id="p-14" id="p-14" id="p-14" id="p-14" id="p-14" id="p-14" id="p-14" id="p-14"
id="p-14"
[0014] A second aspect relates to a method of encoding implemented by a video encoder, the method comprising: generating, by the video encoder, a plurality of layers having sublayers and a video parameter set (VPS) including a first flag; setting, by the video encoder, the first flag to a first value to specify that a temporal identifier (ID) of a highest sublayer representation for level information, the temporal identifier (ID) of a highest sublayer representation for decoded picture buffer (DPB) parameters, and the temporal identifier (ID) of a highest sublayer representation for hypothetical decoder refresh (HRD) parameters are not present in the VPS and should be inferred to be equal to a maximum number of the sublayers that may be present in a layer of the plurality of layers specified by the VPS; encoding, by the video encoder, the plurality of layers and the VPS into a video bitstream; and storing, by the video encoder, the video bitstream for communication toward a video decoder. . . id="p-15" id="p-15" id="p-15" id="p-15" id="p-15" id="p-15" id="p-15" id="p-15" id="p-15" id="p-15" id="p-15"
id="p-15"
[0015] The method provides techniques that ensure the same profile, tier, and level (PTL) parameters, hypothetical reference decoder (HRD) parameters, and decoded picture buffer (DPB) parameters are not repeatedly signaled for the layers in a multi-layer bitstream.
Signaling the same PTL parameters, HRD parameters, and DPB parameters only once reduces redundancy and increases coding efficiency for multi-layer video bitstreams. Thus, the coder / decoder (a.k.a., "codec") in video coding is improved relative to current codecs. As a practical matter, the improved video coding process offers the user a better user experience when videos are sent, received, and/or viewed. 16. 16. id="p-16" id="p-16" id="p-16" id="p-16" id="p-16" id="p-16" id="p-16" id="p-16" id="p-16" id="p-16" id="p-16"
id="p-16"
[0016] Optionally, in any of the preceding aspects, another implementation of the aspect provides that the maximum number of sublayers is in a range of one to seven. 17. 17. id="p-17" id="p-17" id="p-17" id="p-17" id="p-17" id="p-17" id="p-17" id="p-17" id="p-17" id="p-17" id="p-17"
id="p-17"
[0017] Optionally, in any of the preceding aspects, another implementation of the aspect provides that the level information is included in profile, tier, and level (PTL) parameters. 18. 18. id="p-18" id="p-18" id="p-18" id="p-18" id="p-18" id="p-18" id="p-18" id="p-18" id="p-18" id="p-18" id="p-18"
id="p-18"
[0018] Optionally, in any of the preceding aspects, another implementation of the aspect provides that the level information is present in an i-th profile_tier_level( ) syntax structure in the VPS, the DPB parameters are present in an i-th dpb_parameters( ) syntax structure in the VPS, and the HRD parameters in an i-th ols_timing_hrd_parameters( ) syntax structure in the VPS or a sequence parameter set (SPS). 3 19. 19. id="p-19" id="p-19" id="p-19" id="p-19" id="p-19" id="p-19" id="p-19" id="p-19" id="p-19" id="p-19" id="p-19"
id="p-19"
[0019] Optionally, in any of the preceding aspects, another implementation of the aspect provides determining whether the video bitstream that was encoded is conforming using the HRD parameters. . . id="p-20" id="p-20" id="p-20" id="p-20" id="p-20" id="p-20" id="p-20" id="p-20" id="p-20" id="p-20" id="p-20"
id="p-20"
[0020] A third aspect relates to a decoding device, comprising: a receiver configured to receive a video bitstream including a plurality of layers having sublayers and a video parameter set (VPS) including a first flag having a first value, wherein the first flag having the first value specifies that a temporal identifier (ID) of a highest sublayer representation for level information, the temporal identifier (ID) of a highest sublayer representation for decoded picture buffer (DPB) parameters, and the temporal identifier (ID) of a highest sublayer representation for hypothetical decoder refresh (HRD) parameters are not present in the VPS and are inferred to be equal to a maximum number of the sublayers that may be present in a layer of the plurality of layers specified by the VPS; and a processor coupled to the memory, the processor configured to execute the instructions to cause the decoding device to: obtain the level information, the HRD parameters, and the DPB parameters corresponding to the temporal ID of the highest sublayer representation from the VPS; and decode a picture from one of the plurality of layers to obtain a decoded picture. 21. 21. id="p-21" id="p-21" id="p-21" id="p-21" id="p-21" id="p-21" id="p-21" id="p-21" id="p-21" id="p-21" id="p-21"
id="p-21"
[0021] The decoding device provides techniques that ensure the same profile, tier, and level (PTL) parameters, hypothetical reference decoder (HRD) parameters, and decoded picture buffer (DPB) parameters are not repeatedly signaled for the layers in a multi-layer bitstream. Signaling the same PTL parameters, HRD parameters, and DPB parameters only once reduces redundancy and increases coding efficiency for multi-layer video bitstreams.
Thus, the coder / decoder (a.k.a., "codec") in video coding is improved relative to current codecs. As a practical matter, the improved video coding process offers the user a better user experience when videos are sent, received, and/or viewed. 22. 22. id="p-22" id="p-22" id="p-22" id="p-22" id="p-22" id="p-22" id="p-22" id="p-22" id="p-22" id="p-22" id="p-22"
id="p-22"
[0022] Optionally, in any of the preceding aspects, another implementation of the aspect provides that the maximum number of sublayers is in a range of one to seven. 23. 23. id="p-23" id="p-23" id="p-23" id="p-23" id="p-23" id="p-23" id="p-23" id="p-23" id="p-23" id="p-23" id="p-23"
id="p-23"
[0023] Optionally, in any of the preceding aspects, another implementation of the aspect provides that the level information is included in profile, tier, and level (PTL) parameters. 24. 24. id="p-24" id="p-24" id="p-24" id="p-24" id="p-24" id="p-24" id="p-24" id="p-24" id="p-24" id="p-24" id="p-24"
id="p-24"
[0024] Optionally, in any of the preceding aspects, another implementation of the aspect provides that the level information is present in an i-th profile_tier_level( ) syntax structure in the VPS, the DPB parameters are present in an i-th dpb_parameters( ) syntax structure in the VPS, and the HRD parameters in an i-th ols_timing_hrd_parameters( ) syntax structure in the VPS or a sequence parameter set (SPS). 4 . . id="p-25" id="p-25" id="p-25" id="p-25" id="p-25" id="p-25" id="p-25" id="p-25" id="p-25" id="p-25" id="p-25"
id="p-25"
[0025] Optionally, in any of the preceding aspects, another implementation of the aspect provides that the picture is decoded using one or both of the level information and the DPB parameters. 26. 26. id="p-26" id="p-26" id="p-26" id="p-26" id="p-26" id="p-26" id="p-26" id="p-26" id="p-26" id="p-26" id="p-26"
id="p-26"
[0026] Optionally, in any of the preceding aspects, another implementation of the aspect provides that a display configured to display the decoded picture. 27. 27. id="p-27" id="p-27" id="p-27" id="p-27" id="p-27" id="p-27" id="p-27" id="p-27" id="p-27" id="p-27" id="p-27"
id="p-27"
[0027] A fourth aspect relates to an encoding device, comprising: a memory containing instructions; a processor coupled to the memory, the processor configured to implement the instructions to cause the encoding device to: generate a plurality of layers having sublayers and a video parameter set (VPS) including a first flag; set the first flag to a first value to specify that a temporal identifier (TemporalID) of a highest sublayer representation for level information, decoded picture buffer (DPB) parameters, and hypothetical decoder refresh (HRD) parameters is not present in the VPS and should be inferred to be equal to a maximum number of the sublayers that may be present in a layer of the plurality of layers specified by the VPS; and encode the plurality of layers and the VPS into a video bitstream; and a transmitter coupled to the processor, the transmitter configured to transmit the video bitstream toward a video decoder. 28. 28. id="p-28" id="p-28" id="p-28" id="p-28" id="p-28" id="p-28" id="p-28" id="p-28" id="p-28" id="p-28" id="p-28"
id="p-28"
[0028] The encoding device provides techniques that ensure the same profile, tier, and level (PTL) parameters, hypothetical reference decoder (HRD) parameters, and decoded picture buffer (DPB) parameters are not repeatedly signaled for the layers in a multi-layer bitstream. Signaling the same PTL parameters, HRD parameters, and DPB parameters only once reduces redundancy and increases coding efficiency for multi-layer video bitstreams.
Thus, the coder / decoder (a.k.a., "codec") in video coding is improved relative to current codecs. As a practical matter, the improved video coding process offers the user a better user experience when videos are sent, received, and/or viewed. 29. 29. id="p-29" id="p-29" id="p-29" id="p-29" id="p-29" id="p-29" id="p-29" id="p-29" id="p-29" id="p-29" id="p-29"
id="p-29"
[0029] Optionally, in any of the preceding aspects, another implementation of the aspect provides that the maximum number of sublayers is in a range of one to seven. . . id="p-30" id="p-30" id="p-30" id="p-30" id="p-30" id="p-30" id="p-30" id="p-30" id="p-30" id="p-30" id="p-30"
id="p-30"
[0030] Optionally, in any of the preceding aspects, another implementation of the aspect provides that the level information is included in profile, tier, and level (PTL) parameters. 31. 31. id="p-31" id="p-31" id="p-31" id="p-31" id="p-31" id="p-31" id="p-31" id="p-31" id="p-31" id="p-31" id="p-31"
id="p-31"
[0031] Optionally, in any of the preceding aspects, another implementation of the aspect provides that the level information is present in an i-th profile_tier_level( ) syntax structure in the VPS, the DPB parameters are present in an i-th dpb_parameters( ) syntax structure in the VPS, and the HRD parameters in an i-th ols_timing_hrd_parameters( ) syntax structure in the VPS or a sequence parameter set (SPS). 32. 32. id="p-32" id="p-32" id="p-32" id="p-32" id="p-32" id="p-32" id="p-32" id="p-32" id="p-32" id="p-32" id="p-32"
id="p-32"
[0032] A fifth aspect relates to a coding apparatus. The coding apparatus includes a receiver configured to receive a picture to encode or to receive a bitstream to decode; a transmitter coupled to the receiver, the transmitter configured to transmit the bitstream to a decoder or to transmit a decoded image to a display; a memory coupled to at least one of the receiver or the transmitter, the memory configured to store instructions; and a processor coupled to the memory, the processor configured to execute the instructions stored in the memory to perform any of the methods disclosed herein. 33. 33. id="p-33" id="p-33" id="p-33" id="p-33" id="p-33" id="p-33" id="p-33" id="p-33" id="p-33" id="p-33" id="p-33"
id="p-33"
[0033] The coding apparatus provides techniques that ensure the same profile, tier, and level (PTL) parameters, hypothetical reference decoder (HRD) parameters, and decoded picture buffer (DPB) parameters are not repeatedly signaled for the layers in a multi-layer bitstream. Signaling the same PTL parameters, HRD parameters, and DPB parameters only once reduces redundancy and increases coding efficiency for multi-layer video bitstreams.
Thus, the coder / decoder (a.k.a., "codec") in video coding is improved relative to current codecs. As a practical matter, the improved video coding process offers the user a better user experience when videos are sent, received, and/or viewed. 34. 34. id="p-34" id="p-34" id="p-34" id="p-34" id="p-34" id="p-34" id="p-34" id="p-34" id="p-34" id="p-34" id="p-34"
id="p-34"
[0034] Optionally, in any of the preceding aspects, another implementation of the aspect provides a display configured to display a decoded picture. . . id="p-35" id="p-35" id="p-35" id="p-35" id="p-35" id="p-35" id="p-35" id="p-35" id="p-35" id="p-35" id="p-35"
id="p-35"
[0035] A sixth aspect relates to a system. The system includes an encoder; and a decoder in communication with the encoder, wherein the encoder or the decoder includes the decoding device, the encoding device, or the coding apparatus disclosed herein. 36. 36. id="p-36" id="p-36" id="p-36" id="p-36" id="p-36" id="p-36" id="p-36" id="p-36" id="p-36" id="p-36" id="p-36"
id="p-36"
[0036] The system provides techniques that ensure the same profile, tier, and level (PTL) parameters, hypothetical reference decoder (HRD) parameters, and decoded picture buffer (DPB) parameters are not repeatedly signaled for the layers in a multi-layer bitstream.
Signaling the same PTL parameters, HRD parameters, and DPB parameters only once reduces redundancy and increases coding efficiency for multi-layer video bitstreams. Thus, the coder / decoder (a.k.a., "codec") in video coding is improved relative to current codecs. As a practical matter, the improved video coding process offers the user a better user experience when videos are sent, received, and/or viewed. 37. 37. id="p-37" id="p-37" id="p-37" id="p-37" id="p-37" id="p-37" id="p-37" id="p-37" id="p-37" id="p-37" id="p-37"
id="p-37"
[0037] A seventh aspect relates to a means for coding. The means for coding includes receiving means configured to receive a picture to encode or to receive a bitstream to decode; transmission means coupled to the receiving means, the transmission means configured to transmit the bitstream to a decoding means or to transmit a decoded image to a display means; storage means coupled to at least one of the receiving means or the transmission means, the storage means configured to store instructions; and processing means coupled to 6 the storage means, the processing means configured to execute the instructions stored in the storage means to perform any of the methods disclosed herein. 38. 38. id="p-38" id="p-38" id="p-38" id="p-38" id="p-38" id="p-38" id="p-38" id="p-38" id="p-38" id="p-38" id="p-38"
id="p-38"
[0038] The means for coding provides techniques that ensure the same profile, tier, and level (PTL) parameters, hypothetical reference decoder (HRD) parameters, and decoded picture buffer (DPB) parameters are not repeatedly signaled for the layers in a multi-layer bitstream. Signaling the same PTL parameters, HRD parameters, and DPB parameters only once reduces redundancy and increases coding efficiency for multi-layer video bitstreams.
Thus, the coder / decoder (a.k.a., "codec") in video coding is improved relative to current codecs. As a practical matter, the improved video coding process offers the user a better user experience when videos are sent, received, and/or viewed. 39. 39. id="p-39" id="p-39" id="p-39" id="p-39" id="p-39" id="p-39" id="p-39" id="p-39" id="p-39" id="p-39" id="p-39"
id="p-39"
[0039] For the purpose of clarity, any one of the foregoing embodiments may be combined with any one or more of the other foregoing embodiments to create a new embodiment within the scope of the present disclosure. 40. 40. id="p-40" id="p-40" id="p-40" id="p-40" id="p-40" id="p-40" id="p-40" id="p-40" id="p-40" id="p-40" id="p-40"
id="p-40"
[0040] These and other features will be more clearly understood from the following detailed description taken in conjunction with the accompanying drawings and claims.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS 41. 41. id="p-41" id="p-41" id="p-41" id="p-41" id="p-41" id="p-41" id="p-41" id="p-41" id="p-41" id="p-41" id="p-41"
id="p-41"
[0041] For a more complete understanding of this disclosure, reference is now made to the following brief description, taken in connection with the accompanying drawings and detailed description, wherein like reference numerals represent like parts. 42. 42. id="p-42" id="p-42" id="p-42" id="p-42" id="p-42" id="p-42" id="p-42" id="p-42" id="p-42" id="p-42" id="p-42"
id="p-42"
[0042] FIG. 1 is a flowchart of an example method of coding a video signal. 43. 43. id="p-43" id="p-43" id="p-43" id="p-43" id="p-43" id="p-43" id="p-43" id="p-43" id="p-43" id="p-43" id="p-43"
id="p-43"
[0043] FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an example coding and decoding (codec) system for video coding. 44. 44. id="p-44" id="p-44" id="p-44" id="p-44" id="p-44" id="p-44" id="p-44" id="p-44" id="p-44" id="p-44" id="p-44"
id="p-44"
[0044] FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram illustrating an example video encoder. 45. 45. id="p-45" id="p-45" id="p-45" id="p-45" id="p-45" id="p-45" id="p-45" id="p-45" id="p-45" id="p-45" id="p-45"
id="p-45"
[0045] FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram illustrating an example video decoder. 46. 46. id="p-46" id="p-46" id="p-46" id="p-46" id="p-46" id="p-46" id="p-46" id="p-46" id="p-46" id="p-46" id="p-46"
id="p-46"
[0046] FIG. 5 illustrates an example of multi-layer coding for spatial scalability. 47. 47. id="p-47" id="p-47" id="p-47" id="p-47" id="p-47" id="p-47" id="p-47" id="p-47" id="p-47" id="p-47" id="p-47"
id="p-47"
[0047] FIG. 6 illustrates an example of multi-layer coding using output layer sets (OLSs). 48. 48. id="p-48" id="p-48" id="p-48" id="p-48" id="p-48" id="p-48" id="p-48" id="p-48" id="p-48" id="p-48" id="p-48"
id="p-48"
[0048] FIG. 7 illustrates an example multi-layer video sequence configured for temporal scalability. 49. 49. id="p-49" id="p-49" id="p-49" id="p-49" id="p-49" id="p-49" id="p-49" id="p-49" id="p-49" id="p-49" id="p-49"
id="p-49"
[0049] FIG. 8 illustrates an embodiment of a video bitstream. 50. 50. id="p-50" id="p-50" id="p-50" id="p-50" id="p-50" id="p-50" id="p-50" id="p-50" id="p-50" id="p-50" id="p-50"
id="p-50"
[0050] FIG. 9 is an embodiment of a method of decoding a coded video bitstream. 51. 51. id="p-51" id="p-51" id="p-51" id="p-51" id="p-51" id="p-51" id="p-51" id="p-51" id="p-51" id="p-51" id="p-51"
id="p-51"
[0051] FIG. 10 is an embodiment of a method of encoding a coded video bitstream. 52. 52. id="p-52" id="p-52" id="p-52" id="p-52" id="p-52" id="p-52" id="p-52" id="p-52" id="p-52" id="p-52" id="p-52"
id="p-52"
[0052] FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a video coding device. 53. 53. id="p-53" id="p-53" id="p-53" id="p-53" id="p-53" id="p-53" id="p-53" id="p-53" id="p-53" id="p-53" id="p-53"
id="p-53"
[0053] FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a means for coding. 7 DETAILED DESCRIPTION 54. 54. id="p-54" id="p-54" id="p-54" id="p-54" id="p-54" id="p-54" id="p-54" id="p-54" id="p-54" id="p-54" id="p-54"
id="p-54"
[0054] It should be understood at the outset that although an illustrative implementation of one or more embodiments are provided below, the disclosed systems and/or methods may be implemented using any number of techniques, whether currently known or in existence.
The disclosure should in no way be limited to the illustrative implementations, drawings, and techniques illustrated below, including the exemplary designs and implementations illustrated and described herein, but may be modified within the scope of the appended claims along with their full scope of equivalents. 55. 55. id="p-55" id="p-55" id="p-55" id="p-55" id="p-55" id="p-55" id="p-55" id="p-55" id="p-55" id="p-55" id="p-55"
id="p-55"
[0055] The following terms are defined as follows unless used in a contrary context herein.
Specifically, the following definitions are intended to provide additional clarity to the present disclosure. However, terms may be described differently in different contexts. Accordingly, the following definitions should be considered as a supplement and should not be considered to limit any other definitions of descriptions provided for such terms herein. 56. 56. id="p-56" id="p-56" id="p-56" id="p-56" id="p-56" id="p-56" id="p-56" id="p-56" id="p-56" id="p-56" id="p-56"
id="p-56"
[0056] A bitstream is a sequence of bits including video data that is compressed for transmission between an encoder and a decoder. An encoder is a device that is configured to employ encoding processes to compress video data into a bitstream. A decoder is a device that is configured to employ decoding processes to reconstruct video data from a bitstream for display. A picture is an array of luma samples and/or an array of chroma samples that create a frame or a field thereof. A picture that is being encoded or decoded can be referred to as a current picture for clarity of discussion. A reference picture is a picture that contains reference samples that can be used when coding other pictures by reference according to inter-prediction and/or inter-layer prediction. A reference picture list is a list of reference pictures used for inter-prediction and/or inter-layer prediction. Some video coding systems utilize two reference picture lists, which can be denoted as reference picture list one and reference picture list zero. A reference picture list structure is an addressable syntax structure that contains multiple reference picture lists. 57. 57. id="p-57" id="p-57" id="p-57" id="p-57" id="p-57" id="p-57" id="p-57" id="p-57" id="p-57" id="p-57" id="p-57"
id="p-57"
[0057] Profile, tier, and level (PTL) parameters are a syntax structure (e.g., the i-th profile_tier_level( ) syntax structure) that provides profile, tier, and/or level information.
The PTL parameters may be designated profile_tier_level( ) syntax structure. 58. 58. id="p-58" id="p-58" id="p-58" id="p-58" id="p-58" id="p-58" id="p-58" id="p-58" id="p-58" id="p-58" id="p-58"
id="p-58"
[0058] Inter-prediction is a mechanism of coding samples of a current picture by reference to indicated samples in a reference picture that is different from the current picture where the reference picture and the current picture are in the same layer. A reference picture list structure entry is an addressable location in a reference picture list structure that indicates a reference picture associated with a reference picture list. 8 59. 59. id="p-59" id="p-59" id="p-59" id="p-59" id="p-59" id="p-59" id="p-59" id="p-59" id="p-59" id="p-59" id="p-59"
id="p-59"
[0059] A slice header is a part of a coded slice containing data elements pertaining to all video data within a tile represented in the slice. A picture parameter set (PPS) is a parameter set that contains data related to an entire picture. More specifically, the PPS is a syntax structure containing syntax elements that apply to zero or more entire coded pictures as determined by a syntax element found in each picture header. A sequence parameter set (SPS) is a parameter set that contains data related to a sequence of pictures. An access unit (AU) is a set of one or more coded pictures associated with the same display time (e.g., the same picture order count) for output from a decoded picture buffer (DPB) (e.g., for display to a user). An access unit delimiter (AUD) is an indicator or data structure used to indicate the start of an AU or the boundary between AUs. A decoded video sequence is a sequence of pictures that have been reconstructed by a decoder in preparation for display to a user. 60. 60. id="p-60" id="p-60" id="p-60" id="p-60" id="p-60" id="p-60" id="p-60" id="p-60" id="p-60" id="p-60" id="p-60"
id="p-60"
[0060] A network abstraction layer (NAL) unit is a syntax structure containing data in the form of a Raw Byte Sequence Payload (RBSP), an indication of the type of data, and interspersed as desired with emulation prevention bytes. A video coding layer (VCL) NAL unit is a NAL unit coded to contain video data, such as a coded slice of a picture. A non-VCL NAL unit is a NAL unit that contains non-video data such as syntax and/or parameters that support decoding the video data, performance of conformance checking, or other operations. A layer is a set of VCL NAL units that share a specified characteristic (e.g., a common resolution, frame rate, image size, etc.) and associated non-VCL NAL units. The VCL NAL units of a layer may share a particular value of a NAL unit header layer identifier (nuh_layer_id). A coded picture is a coded representation of a picture comprising VCL NAL units with a particular value of a NAL unit header layer identifier (nuh_layer_id) within an access unit (AU) and containing all coding tree units (CTUs) of the picture. A decoded picture is a picture produced by applying a decoding process to a coded picture. 61. 61. id="p-61" id="p-61" id="p-61" id="p-61" id="p-61" id="p-61" id="p-61" id="p-61" id="p-61" id="p-61" id="p-61"
id="p-61"
[0061] An output layer set (OLS) is a set of layers for which one or more layers are specified as output layer(s). An output layer is a layer that is designated for output (e.g., to a display). A zeroth (0-th) OLS is an OLS that contains only a lowest layer (layer with a lowest layer identifier) and hence contains only an output layer. A video parameter set (VPS) is a data unit that contains parameters related to an entire video. Inter-layer prediction is a mechanism of coding a current picture in a current layer by reference to a reference picture in a reference layer, where the current picture and the reference picture are included in the same AU and the reference layer includes a lower nuh_layer_id than the current layer. 62. 62. id="p-62" id="p-62" id="p-62" id="p-62" id="p-62" id="p-62" id="p-62" id="p-62" id="p-62" id="p-62" id="p-62"
id="p-62"
[0062] A profile is a defined set of coding tools used to create a compliant or conforming bitstream. Each profile specifies a subset of algorithmic features and limits that shall be supported by all decoders conforming to that profile. Tiers and levels are constraints that 9 define a bitstream in terms of maximum bit rate, maximum luma sample rate, maximum luma picture size, minimum compression ratio, maximum number of slices allowed, and maximum number of tiles allowed. Lower tiers are more constrained than higher tiers and lower levels are more constrained than higher levels. Profile, tier, and level (PTL) parameters are a syntax structure that provides profile, tier, and/or level information. 63. 63. id="p-63" id="p-63" id="p-63" id="p-63" id="p-63" id="p-63" id="p-63" id="p-63" id="p-63" id="p-63" id="p-63"
id="p-63"
[0063] A temporal scalable bitstream is a bitstream coded in multiple layers providing varying temporal resolution/frame rate (e.g., each layer is coded to support a different frame rate). A sublayer is a temporal scalable layer of a temporal scalable bitstream including VCL NAL units with a particular temporal identifier value and associated non-VCL NAL units. For example, a temporal sublayer is a layer that contains video data associated with a specified frame rate. A sublayer representation is a subset of the bitstream containing NAL units of a particular sublayer and the lower sublayers. Hence, one or more temporal sublayers may be combined to achieve a sublayer representation that can be decoded to result in a video sequence with a specified frame rate. An OLS index is an index that uniquely identifies a corresponding OLS. A temporal identifier (TemporalID or temporal ID) is a data element that indicates data corresponds to temporal location in a video sequence. The value of TemporalId shall be the same for all VCL NAL units of an AU. The value of TemporalId of a coded picture, a PU, or an AU is the value of the TemporalId of the VCL NAL units of the coded picture, PU, or AU. The value of TemporalId of a sublayer representation is the greatest value of TemporalId of all VCL NAL units in the sublayer representation. 64. 64. id="p-64" id="p-64" id="p-64" id="p-64" id="p-64" id="p-64" id="p-64" id="p-64" id="p-64" id="p-64" id="p-64"
id="p-64"
[0064] A highest sublayer representation is the sublayer representation furthest from the base sublayer. That is, none of other sublayers are above, beyond, or higher than the highest sublayer representation. 65. 65. id="p-65" id="p-65" id="p-65" id="p-65" id="p-65" id="p-65" id="p-65" id="p-65" id="p-65" id="p-65" id="p-65"
id="p-65"
[0065] 66. 66. id="p-66" id="p-66" id="p-66" id="p-66" id="p-66" id="p-66" id="p-66" id="p-66" id="p-66" id="p-66" id="p-66"
id="p-66"
[0066] A sub-bitstream extraction process is a process that removes NAL units from a bitstream that do not belong to a target set as determined by a target OLS index and a target highest temporal ID. The sub-bitstream extraction process results in an output sub-bitstream containing NAL units from the bitstream that are part of the target set. 67. 67. id="p-67" id="p-67" id="p-67" id="p-67" id="p-67" id="p-67" id="p-67" id="p-67" id="p-67" id="p-67" id="p-67"
id="p-67"
[0067] An HRD is a decoder model operating on an encoder that checks the variability of bitstreams produced by an encoding process to verify conformance with specified constraints.
A bitstream conformance test is a test to determine whether an encoded bitstream complies with a standard, such as Versatile Video Coding (VVC). HRD parameters are syntax elements that initialize and/or define operational conditions of an HRD. Sequence-level HRD parameters are HRD parameters that apply to an entire coded video sequence. A maximum HRD temporal ID (hrd_max_tid[i]) specifies the temporal ID of the highest sublayer representation for which the HRD parameters are contained in an i-th set of OLS HRD parameters. A general HRD parameters (general_hrd_parameters) syntax structure is a syntax structure that contains sequence level HRD parameters. An operation point (OP) is a temporal subset of an OLS that is identified by an OLS index and a highest temporal ID. An OP under test (targetOp) is an OP that is selected for conformance testing at a HRD. A target OLS is an OLS that is selected for extraction from a bitstream. A decoding unit HRD parameters present flag (decoding_unit_hrd_params_present_flag) is a flag that indicates whether corresponding HRD parameters operate at a decoding unit (DU) level or an AU level.
A coded picture buffer (CPB) is a first-in first-out buffer in a HRD that contains coded pictures in decoding order for use during bitstream conformance verification. A decoded picture buffer (DPB) is a buffer for holding decoded pictures for reference, output reordering, and/or output delay. 68. 68. id="p-68" id="p-68" id="p-68" id="p-68" id="p-68" id="p-68" id="p-68" id="p-68" id="p-68" id="p-68" id="p-68"
id="p-68"
[0068] Decoded picture buffer (DPB) parameters are a syntax structure that provides a DPB size and, optionally, a maximum picture reorder number and maximum latency information. The maximum picture reorder number and maximum latency information may be collectively referred to by the acronym MRML. 69. 69. id="p-69" id="p-69" id="p-69" id="p-69" id="p-69" id="p-69" id="p-69" id="p-69" id="p-69" id="p-69" id="p-69"
id="p-69"
[0069] The following acronyms are used herein, Coding Tree Block (CTB), Coding Tree Unit (CTU), Coding Unit (CU), Coded Video Sequence (CVS), Joint Video Experts Team (JVET), Motion-Constrained Tile Set (MCTS), Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU), Network Abstraction Layer (NAL), Picture Order Count (POC), Picture Parameter Set (PPS), Raw Byte Sequence Payload (RBSP), Sequence Parameter Set (SPS), Versatile Video Coding (VVC), and Working Draft (WD). 70. 70. id="p-70" id="p-70" id="p-70" id="p-70" id="p-70" id="p-70" id="p-70" id="p-70" id="p-70" id="p-70" id="p-70"
id="p-70"
[0070] FIG. 1 is a flowchart of an example operating method 100 of coding a video signal.
Specifically, a video signal is encoded at an encoder. The encoding process compresses the video signal by employing various mechanisms to reduce the video file size. A smaller file size allows the compressed video file to be transmitted toward a user, while reducing associated bandwidth overhead. The decoder then decodes the compressed video file to reconstruct the original video signal for display to an end user. The decoding process generally mirrors the encoding process to allow the decoder to consistently reconstruct the video signal. 71. 71. id="p-71" id="p-71" id="p-71" id="p-71" id="p-71" id="p-71" id="p-71" id="p-71" id="p-71" id="p-71" id="p-71"
id="p-71"
[0071] At step 101, the video signal is input into the encoder. For example, the video signal may be an uncompressed video file stored in memory. As another example, the video file may be captured by a video capture device, such as a video camera, and encoded to support live streaming of the video. The video file may include both an audio component and a video component. The video component contains a series of image frames that, when 11 viewed in a sequence, gives the visual impression of motion. The frames contain pixels that are expressed in terms of light, referred to herein as luma components (or luma samples), and color, which is referred to as chroma components (or color samples). In some examples, the frames may also contain depth values to support three dimensional viewing. 72. 72. id="p-72" id="p-72" id="p-72" id="p-72" id="p-72" id="p-72" id="p-72" id="p-72" id="p-72" id="p-72" id="p-72"
id="p-72"
[0072] At step 103, the video is partitioned into blocks. Partitioning includes subdividing the pixels in each frame into square and/or rectangular blocks for compression. For example, in High Efficiency Video Coding (HEVC) (also known as H.265 and MPEG-H Part 2) the frame can first be divided into coding tree units (CTUs), which are blocks of a predefined size (e.g., sixty-four pixels by sixty-four pixels). The CTUs contain both luma and chroma samples.
Coding trees may be employed to divide the CTUs into blocks and then recursively subdivide the blocks until configurations are achieved that support further encoding. For example, luma components of a frame may be subdivided until the individual blocks contain relatively homogenous lighting values. Further, chroma components of a frame may be subdivided until the individual blocks contain relatively homogenous color values. Accordingly, partitioning mechanisms vary depending on the content of the video frames. 73. 73. id="p-73" id="p-73" id="p-73" id="p-73" id="p-73" id="p-73" id="p-73" id="p-73" id="p-73" id="p-73" id="p-73"
id="p-73"
[0073] At step 105, various compression mechanisms are employed to compress the image blocks partitioned at step 103. For example, inter-prediction and/or intra-prediction may be employed. Inter-prediction is designed to take advantage of the fact that objects in a common scene tend to appear in successive frames. Accordingly, a block depicting an object in a reference frame need not be repeatedly described in adjacent frames. Specifically, an object, such as a table, may remain in a constant position over multiple frames. Hence the table is described once and adjacent frames can refer back to the reference frame. Pattern matching mechanisms may be employed to match objects over multiple frames. Further, moving objects may be represented across multiple frames, for example due to object movement or camera movement. As a particular example, a video may show an automobile that moves across the screen over multiple frames. Motion vectors can be employed to describe such movement. A motion vector is a two-dimensional vector that provides an offset from the coordinates of an object in a frame to the coordinates of the object in a reference frame. As such, inter-prediction can encode an image block in a current frame as a set of motion vectors indicating an offset from a corresponding block in a reference frame. 74. 74. id="p-74" id="p-74" id="p-74" id="p-74" id="p-74" id="p-74" id="p-74" id="p-74" id="p-74" id="p-74" id="p-74"
id="p-74"
[0074] Intra-prediction encodes blocks in a common frame. Intra-prediction takes advantage of the fact that luma and chroma components tend to cluster in a frame. For example, a patch of green in a portion of a tree tends to be positioned adjacent to similar patches of green. Intra-prediction employs multiple directional prediction modes (e.g., thirty- three in HEVC), a planar mode, and a direct current (DC) mode. The directional modes 12 indicate that a current block is similar/the same as samples of a neighbor block in a corresponding direction. Planar mode indicates that a series of blocks along a row/column (e.g., a plane) can be interpolated based on neighbor blocks at the edges of the row. Planar mode, in effect, indicates a smooth transition of light/color across a row/column by employing a relatively constant slope in changing values. DC mode is employed for boundary smoothing and indicates that a block is similar/the same as an average value associated with samples of all the neighbor blocks associated with the angular directions of the directional prediction modes. Accordingly, intra-prediction blocks can represent image blocks as various relational prediction mode values instead of the actual values. Further, inter-prediction blocks can represent image blocks as motion vector values instead of the actual values. In either case, the prediction blocks may not exactly represent the image blocks in some cases. Any differences are stored in residual blocks. Transforms may be applied to the residual blocks to further compress the file. 75. 75. id="p-75" id="p-75" id="p-75" id="p-75" id="p-75" id="p-75" id="p-75" id="p-75" id="p-75" id="p-75" id="p-75"
id="p-75"
[0075] At step 107, various filtering techniques may be applied. In HEVC, the filters are applied according to an in-loop filtering scheme. The block based prediction discussed above may result in the creation of blocky images at the decoder. Further, the block based prediction scheme may encode a block and then reconstruct the encoded block for later use as a reference block. The in-loop filtering scheme iteratively applies noise suppression filters, de-blocking filters, adaptive loop filters, and sample adaptive offset (SAO) filters to the blocks/frames. These filters mitigate such blocking artifacts so that the encoded file can be accurately reconstructed. Further, these filters mitigate artifacts in the reconstructed reference blocks so that artifacts are less likely to create additional artifacts in subsequent blocks that are encoded based on the reconstructed reference blocks. 76. 76. id="p-76" id="p-76" id="p-76" id="p-76" id="p-76" id="p-76" id="p-76" id="p-76" id="p-76" id="p-76" id="p-76"
id="p-76"
[0076] Once the video signal has been partitioned, compressed, and filtered, the resulting data is encoded in a bitstream at step 109. The bitstream includes the data discussed above as well as any signaling data desired to support proper video signal reconstruction at the decoder. For example, such data may include partition data, prediction data, residual blocks, and various flags providing coding instructions to the decoder. The bitstream may be stored in memory for transmission toward a decoder upon request. The bitstream may also be broadcast and/or multicast toward a plurality of decoders. The creation of the bitstream is an iterative process. Accordingly, steps 101, 103, 105, 107, and 109 may occur continuously and/or simultaneously over many frames and blocks. The order shown in FIG. 1 is presented for clarity and ease of discussion, and is not intended to limit the video coding process to a particular order. 13 77. 77. id="p-77" id="p-77" id="p-77" id="p-77" id="p-77" id="p-77" id="p-77" id="p-77" id="p-77" id="p-77" id="p-77"
id="p-77"
[0077] The decoder receives the bitstream and begins the decoding process at step 111.
Specifically, the decoder employs an entropy decoding scheme to convert the bitstream into corresponding syntax and video data. The decoder employs the syntax data from the bitstream to determine the partitions for the frames at step 111. The partitioning should match the results of block partitioning at step 103. Entropy encoding/decoding as employed in step 111 is now described. The encoder makes many choices during the compression process, such as selecting block partitioning schemes from several possible choices based on the spatial positioning of values in the input image(s). Signaling the exact choices may employ a large number of bins. As used herein, a bin is a binary value that is treated as a variable (e.g., a bit value that may vary depending on context). Entropy coding allows the encoder to discard any options that are clearly not viable for a particular case, leaving a set of allowable options. Each allowable option is then assigned a code word. The length of the code words is based on the number of allowable options (e.g., one bin for two options, two bins for three to four options, etc.) The encoder then encodes the code word for the selected option. This scheme reduces the size of the code words as the code words are as big as desired to uniquely indicate a selection from a small sub-set of allowable options as opposed to uniquely indicating the selection from a potentially large set of all possible options. The decoder then decodes the selection by determining the set of allowable options in a similar manner to the encoder. By determining the set of allowable options, the decoder can read the code word and determine the selection made by the encoder. 78. 78. id="p-78" id="p-78" id="p-78" id="p-78" id="p-78" id="p-78" id="p-78" id="p-78" id="p-78" id="p-78" id="p-78"
id="p-78"
[0078] At step 113, the decoder performs block decoding. Specifically, the decoder employs reverse transforms to generate residual blocks. Then the decoder employs the residual blocks and corresponding prediction blocks to reconstruct the image blocks according to the partitioning. The prediction blocks may include both intra-prediction blocks and inter- prediction blocks as generated at the encoder at step 105. The reconstructed image blocks are then positioned into frames of a reconstructed video signal according to the partitioning data determined at step 111. Syntax for step 113 may also be signaled in the bitstream via entropy coding as discussed above. 79. 79. id="p-79" id="p-79" id="p-79" id="p-79" id="p-79" id="p-79" id="p-79" id="p-79" id="p-79" id="p-79" id="p-79"
id="p-79"
[0079] At step 115, filtering is performed on the frames of the reconstructed video signal in a manner similar to step 107 at the encoder. For example, noise suppression filters, de- blocking filters, adaptive loop filters, and SAO filters may be applied to the frames to remove blocking artifacts. Once the frames are filtered, the video signal can be output to a display at step 117 for viewing by an end user. 80. 80. id="p-80" id="p-80" id="p-80" id="p-80" id="p-80" id="p-80" id="p-80" id="p-80" id="p-80" id="p-80" id="p-80"
id="p-80"
[0080] FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an example coding and decoding (codec) system 200 for video coding. Specifically, codec system 200 provides functionality to support the 14 implementation of operating method 100. Codec system 200 is generalized to depict components employed in both an encoder and a decoder. Codec system 200 receives and partitions a video signal as discussed with respect to steps 101 and 103 in operating method 100, which results in a partitioned video signal 201. Codec system 200 then compresses the partitioned video signal 201 into a coded bitstream when acting as an encoder as discussed with respect to steps 105, 107, and 109 in method 100. When acting as a decoder, codec system 200 generates an output video signal from the bitstream as discussed with respect to steps 111, 113, 115, and 117 in operating method 100. The codec system 200 includes a general coder control component 211, a transform scaling and quantization component 213, an intra-picture estimation component 215, an intra-picture prediction component 217, a motion compensation component 219, a motion estimation component 221, a scaling and inverse transform component 229, a filter control analysis component 227, an in-loop filters component 225, a decoded picture buffer component 223, and a header formatting and context adaptive binary arithmetic coding (CABAC) component 231. Such components are coupled as shown. In FIG. 2, black lines indicate movement of data to be encoded/decoded while dashed lines indicate movement of control data that controls the operation of other components. The components of codec system 200 may all be present in the encoder. The decoder may include a subset of the components of codec system 200. For example, the decoder may include the intra-picture prediction component 217, the motion compensation component 219, the scaling and inverse transform component 229, the in-loop filters component 225, and the decoded picture buffer component 223. These components are now described. 81. 81. id="p-81" id="p-81" id="p-81" id="p-81" id="p-81" id="p-81" id="p-81" id="p-81" id="p-81" id="p-81" id="p-81"
id="p-81"
[0081] The partitioned video signal 201 is a captured video sequence that has been partitioned into blocks of pixels by a coding tree. A coding tree employs various split modes to subdivide a block of pixels into smaller blocks of pixels. These blocks can then be further subdivided into smaller blocks. The blocks may be referred to as nodes on the coding tree.
Larger parent nodes are split into smaller child nodes. The number of times a node is subdivided is referred to as the depth of the node/coding tree. The divided blocks can be included in coding units (CUs) in some cases. For example, a CU can be a sub-portion of a CTU that contains a luma block, red difference chroma (Cr) block(s), and a blue difference chroma (Cb) block(s) along with corresponding syntax instructions for the CU. The split modes may include a binary tree (BT), triple tree (TT), and a quad tree (QT) employed to partition a node into two, three, or four child nodes, respectively, of varying shapes depending on the split modes employed. The partitioned video signal 201 is forwarded to the general coder control component 211, the transform scaling and quantization component 213, the intra-picture estimation component 215, the filter control analysis component 227, and the motion estimation component 221 for compression. 82. 82. id="p-82" id="p-82" id="p-82" id="p-82" id="p-82" id="p-82" id="p-82" id="p-82" id="p-82" id="p-82" id="p-82"
id="p-82"
[0082] The general coder control component 211 is configured to make decisions related to coding of the images of the video sequence into the bitstream according to application constraints. For example, the general coder control component 211 manages optimization of bitrate/bitstream size versus reconstruction quality. Such decisions may be made based on storage space/bandwidth availability and image resolution requests. The general coder control component 211 also manages buffer utilization in light of transmission speed to mitigate buffer underrun and overrun issues. To manage these issues, the general coder control component 211 manages partitioning, prediction, and filtering by the other components. For example, the general coder control component 211 may dynamically increase compression complexity to increase resolution and increase bandwidth usage or decrease compression complexity to decrease resolution and bandwidth usage. Hence, the general coder control component 211 controls the other components of codec system 200 to balance video signal reconstruction quality with bit rate concerns. The general coder control component 211 creates control data, which controls the operation of the other components.
The control data is also forwarded to the header formatting and CABAC component 231 to be encoded in the bitstream to signal parameters for decoding at the decoder. 83. 83. id="p-83" id="p-83" id="p-83" id="p-83" id="p-83" id="p-83" id="p-83" id="p-83" id="p-83" id="p-83" id="p-83"
id="p-83"
[0083] The partitioned video signal 201 is also sent to the motion estimation component 221 and the motion compensation component 219 for inter-prediction. A frame or slice of the partitioned video signal 201 may be divided into multiple video blocks. Motion estimation component 221 and the motion compensation component 219 perform inter-predictive coding of the received video block relative to one or more blocks in one or more reference frames to provide temporal prediction. Codec system 200 may perform multiple coding passes, e.g., to select an appropriate coding mode for each block of video data. 84. 84. id="p-84" id="p-84" id="p-84" id="p-84" id="p-84" id="p-84" id="p-84" id="p-84" id="p-84" id="p-84" id="p-84"
id="p-84"
[0084] Motion estimation component 221 and motion compensation component 219 may be highly integrated, but are illustrated separately for conceptual purposes. Motion estimation, performed by motion estimation component 221, is the process of generating motion vectors, which estimate motion for video blocks. A motion vector, for example, may indicate the displacement of a coded object relative to a predictive block. A predictive block is a block that is found to closely match the block to be coded, in terms of pixel difference. A predictive block may also be referred to as a reference block. Such pixel difference may be determined by sum of absolute difference (SAD), sum of square difference (SSD), or other difference metrics. HEVC employs several coded objects including a CTU, coding tree blocks (CTBs), and CUs. For example, a CTU can be divided into CTBs, which can then be divided 16 into CBs for inclusion in CUs. A CU can be encoded as a prediction unit (PU) containing prediction data and/or a transform unit (TU) containing transformed residual data for the CU.
The motion estimation component 221 generates motion vectors, PUs, and TUs by using a rate-distortion analysis as part of a rate distortion optimization process. For example, the motion estimation component 221 may determine multiple reference blocks, multiple motion vectors, etc. for a current block/frame, and may select the reference blocks, motion vectors, etc. having the best rate-distortion characteristics. The best rate-distortion characteristics balance both quality of video reconstruction (e.g., amount of data loss by compression) with coding efficiency (e.g., size of the final encoding). 85. 85. id="p-85" id="p-85" id="p-85" id="p-85" id="p-85" id="p-85" id="p-85" id="p-85" id="p-85" id="p-85" id="p-85"
id="p-85"
[0085] In some examples, codec system 200 may calculate values for sub-integer pixel positions of reference pictures stored in decoded picture buffer component 223. For example, video codec system 200 may interpolate values of one-quarter pixel positions, one-eighth pixel positions, or other fractional pixel positions of the reference picture. Therefore, motion estimation component 221 may perform a motion search relative to the full pixel positions and fractional pixel positions and output a motion vector with fractional pixel precision. The motion estimation component 221 calculates a motion vector for a PU of a video block in an inter-coded slice by comparing the position of the PU to the position of a predictive block of a reference picture. Motion estimation component 221 outputs the calculated motion vector as motion data to header formatting and CABAC component 231 for encoding and motion to the motion compensation component 219. 86. 86. id="p-86" id="p-86" id="p-86" id="p-86" id="p-86" id="p-86" id="p-86" id="p-86" id="p-86" id="p-86" id="p-86"
id="p-86"
[0086] Motion compensation, performed by motion compensation component 219, may involve fetching or generating the predictive block based on the motion vector determined by motion estimation component 221. Again, motion estimation component 221 and motion compensation component 219 may be functionally integrated, in some examples. Upon receiving the motion vector for the PU of the current video block, motion compensation component 219 may locate the predictive block to which the motion vector points. A residual video block is then formed by subtracting pixel values of the predictive block from the pixel values of the current video block being coded, forming pixel difference values. In general, motion estimation component 221 performs motion estimation relative to luma components, and motion compensation component 219 uses motion vectors calculated based on the luma components for both chroma components and luma components. The predictive block and residual block are forwarded to transform scaling and quantization component 213. 87. 87. id="p-87" id="p-87" id="p-87" id="p-87" id="p-87" id="p-87" id="p-87" id="p-87" id="p-87" id="p-87" id="p-87"
id="p-87"
[0087] The partitioned video signal 201 is also sent to intra-picture estimation component 215 and intra-picture prediction component 217. As with motion estimation component 221 and motion compensation component 219, intra-picture estimation component 215 and intra- 17 picture prediction component 217 may be highly integrated, but are illustrated separately for conceptual purposes. The intra-picture estimation component 215 and intra-picture prediction component 217 intra-predict a current block relative to blocks in a current frame, as an alternative to the inter-prediction performed by motion estimation component 221 and motion compensation component 219 between frames, as described above. In particular, the intra-picture estimation component 215 determines an intra-prediction mode to use to encode a current block. In some examples, intra-picture estimation component 215 selects an appropriate intra-prediction mode to encode a current block from multiple tested intra- prediction modes. The selected intra-prediction modes are then forwarded to the header formatting and CABAC component 231 for encoding. 88. 88. id="p-88" id="p-88" id="p-88" id="p-88" id="p-88" id="p-88" id="p-88" id="p-88" id="p-88" id="p-88" id="p-88"
id="p-88"
[0088] For example, the intra-picture estimation component 215 calculates rate-distortion values using a rate-distortion analysis for the various tested intra-prediction modes, and selects the intra-prediction mode having the best rate-distortion characteristics among the tested modes. Rate-distortion analysis generally determines an amount of distortion (or error) between an encoded block and an original unencoded block that was encoded to produce the encoded block, as well as a bitrate (e.g., a number of bits) used to produce the encoded block. The intra-picture estimation component 215 calculates ratios from the distortions and rates for the various encoded blocks to determine which intra-prediction mode exhibits the best rate-distortion value for the block. In addition, intra-picture estimation component 215 may be configured to code depth blocks of a depth map using a depth modeling mode (DMM) based on rate-distortion optimization (RDO). 89. 89. id="p-89" id="p-89" id="p-89" id="p-89" id="p-89" id="p-89" id="p-89" id="p-89" id="p-89" id="p-89" id="p-89"
id="p-89"
[0089] The intra-picture prediction component 217 may generate a residual block from the predictive block based on the selected intra-prediction modes determined by intra-picture estimation component 215 when implemented on an encoder or read the residual block from the bitstream when implemented on a decoder. The residual block includes the difference in values between the predictive block and the original block, represented as a matrix. The residual block is then forwarded to the transform scaling and quantization component 213.
The intra-picture estimation component 215 and the intra-picture prediction component 217 may operate on both luma and chroma components. 90. 90. id="p-90" id="p-90" id="p-90" id="p-90" id="p-90" id="p-90" id="p-90" id="p-90" id="p-90" id="p-90" id="p-90"
id="p-90"
[0090] The transform scaling and quantization component 213 is configured to further compress the residual block. The transform scaling and quantization component 213 applies a transform, such as a discrete cosine transform (DCT), a discrete sine transform (DST), or a conceptually similar transform, to the residual block, producing a video block comprising residual transform coefficient values. Wavelet transforms, integer transforms, sub-band transforms or other types of transforms could also be used. The transform may convert the 18 residual information from a pixel value domain to a transform domain, such as a frequency domain. The transform scaling and quantization component 213 is also configured to scale the transformed residual information, for example based on frequency. Such scaling involves applying a scale factor to the residual information so that different frequency information is quantized at different granularities, which may affect final visual quality of the reconstructed video. The transform scaling and quantization component 213 is also configured to quantize the transform coefficients to further reduce bit rate. The quantization process may reduce the bit depth associated with some or all of the coefficients. The degree of quantization may be modified by adjusting a quantization parameter. In some examples, the transform scaling and quantization component 213 may then perform a scan of the matrix including the quantized transform coefficients. The quantized transform coefficients are forwarded to the header formatting and CABAC component 231 to be encoded in the bitstream. 91. 91. id="p-91" id="p-91" id="p-91" id="p-91" id="p-91" id="p-91" id="p-91" id="p-91" id="p-91" id="p-91" id="p-91"
id="p-91"
[0091] The scaling and inverse transform component 229 applies a reverse operation of the transform scaling and quantization component 213 to support motion estimation. The scaling and inverse transform component 229 applies inverse scaling, transformation, and/or quantization to reconstruct the residual block in the pixel domain, e.g., for later use as a reference block which may become a predictive block for another current block. The motion estimation component 221 and/or motion compensation component 219 may calculate a reference block by adding the residual block back to a corresponding predictive block for use in motion estimation of a later block/frame. Filters are applied to the reconstructed reference blocks to mitigate artifacts created during scaling, quantization, and transform. Such artifacts could otherwise cause inaccurate prediction (and create additional artifacts) when subsequent blocks are predicted. 92. 92. id="p-92" id="p-92" id="p-92" id="p-92" id="p-92" id="p-92" id="p-92" id="p-92" id="p-92" id="p-92" id="p-92"
id="p-92"
[0092] The filter control analysis component 227 and the in-loop filters component 225 apply the filters to the residual blocks and/or to reconstructed image blocks. For example, the transformed residual block from the scaling and inverse transform component 229 may be combined with a corresponding prediction block from intra-picture prediction component 217 and/or motion compensation component 219 to reconstruct the original image block. The filters may then be applied to the reconstructed image block. In some examples, the filters may instead be applied to the residual blocks. As with other components in FIG. 2, the filter control analysis component 227 and the in-loop filters component 225 are highly integrated and may be implemented together, but are depicted separately for conceptual purposes.
Filters applied to the reconstructed reference blocks are applied to particular spatial regions and include multiple parameters to adjust how such filters are applied. The filter control analysis component 227 analyzes the reconstructed reference blocks to determine where such 19 filters should be applied and sets corresponding parameters. Such data is forwarded to the header formatting and CABAC component 231 as filter control data for encoding. The in-loop filters component 225 applies such filters based on the filter control data. The filters may include a deblocking filter, a noise suppression filter, a SAO filter, and an adaptive loop filter.
Such filters may be applied in the spatial/pixel domain (e.g., on a reconstructed pixel block) or in the frequency domain, depending on the example. 93. 93. id="p-93" id="p-93" id="p-93" id="p-93" id="p-93" id="p-93" id="p-93" id="p-93" id="p-93" id="p-93" id="p-93"
id="p-93"
[0093] When operating as an encoder, the filtered reconstructed image block, residual block, and/or prediction block are stored in the decoded picture buffer component 223 for later use in motion estimation as discussed above. When operating as a decoder, the decoded picture buffer component 223 stores and forwards the reconstructed and filtered blocks toward a display as part of an output video signal. The decoded picture buffer component 223 may be any memory device capable of storing prediction blocks, residual blocks, and/or reconstructed image blocks. 94. 94. id="p-94" id="p-94" id="p-94" id="p-94" id="p-94" id="p-94" id="p-94" id="p-94" id="p-94" id="p-94" id="p-94"
id="p-94"
[0094] The header formatting and CABAC component 231 receives the data from the various components of codec system 200 and encodes such data into a coded bitstream for transmission toward a decoder. Specifically, the header formatting and CABAC component 231 generates various headers to encode control data, such as general control data and filter control data. Further, prediction data, including intra-prediction and motion data, as well as residual data in the form of quantized transform coefficient data are all encoded in the bitstream. The final bitstream includes all information desired by the decoder to reconstruct the original partitioned video signal 201. Such information may also include intra-prediction mode index tables (also referred to as codeword mapping tables), definitions of encoding contexts for various blocks, indications of most probable intra-prediction modes, an indication of partition information, etc. Such data may be encoded by employing entropy coding. For example, the information may be encoded by employing context adaptive variable length coding (CAVLC), CABAC, syntax-based context-adaptive binary arithmetic coding (SBAC), probability interval partitioning entropy (PIPE) coding, or another entropy coding technique.
Following the entropy coding, the coded bitstream may be transmitted to another device (e.g., a video decoder) or archived for later transmission or retrieval. 95. 95. id="p-95" id="p-95" id="p-95" id="p-95" id="p-95" id="p-95" id="p-95" id="p-95" id="p-95" id="p-95" id="p-95"
id="p-95"
[0095] FIG. 3 is a block diagram illustrating an example video encoder 300. Video encoder 300 may be employed to implement the encoding functions of codec system 200 and/or implement steps 101, 103, 105, 107, and/or 109 of operating method 100. Encoder 300 partitions an input video signal, resulting in a partitioned video signal 301, which is substantially similar to the partitioned video signal 201. The partitioned video signal 301 is then compressed and encoded into a bitstream by components of encoder 300. 96. 96. id="p-96" id="p-96" id="p-96" id="p-96" id="p-96" id="p-96" id="p-96" id="p-96" id="p-96" id="p-96" id="p-96"
id="p-96"
[0096] Specifically, the partitioned video signal 301 is forwarded to an intra-picture prediction component 317 for intra-prediction. The intra-picture prediction component 317 may be substantially similar to intra-picture estimation component 215 and intra-picture prediction component 217. The partitioned video signal 301 is also forwarded to a motion compensation component 321 for inter-prediction based on reference blocks in a decoded picture buffer component 323. The motion compensation component 321 may be substantially similar to motion estimation component 221 and motion compensation component 219. The prediction blocks and residual blocks from the intra-picture prediction component 317 and the motion compensation component 321 are forwarded to a transform and quantization component 313 for transform and quantization of the residual blocks. The transform and quantization component 313 may be substantially similar to the transform scaling and quantization component 213. The transformed and quantized residual blocks and the corresponding prediction blocks (along with associated control data) are forwarded to an entropy coding component 331 for coding into a bitstream. The entropy coding component 331 may be substantially similar to the header formatting and CABAC component 231. 97. 97. id="p-97" id="p-97" id="p-97" id="p-97" id="p-97" id="p-97" id="p-97" id="p-97" id="p-97" id="p-97" id="p-97"
id="p-97"
[0097] The transformed and quantized residual blocks and/or the corresponding prediction blocks are also forwarded from the transform and quantization component 313 to an inverse transform and quantization component 329 for reconstruction into reference blocks for use by the motion compensation component 321. The inverse transform and quantization component 329 may be substantially similar to the scaling and inverse transform component 229. In-loop filters in an in-loop filters component 325 are also applied to the residual blocks and/or reconstructed reference blocks, depending on the example. The in-loop filters component 325 may be substantially similar to the filter control analysis component 227 and the in-loop filters component 225. The in-loop filters component 325 may include multiple filters as discussed with respect to in-loop filters component 225. The filtered blocks are then stored in a decoded picture buffer component 323 for use as reference blocks by the motion compensation component 321. The decoded picture buffer component 323 may be substantially similar to the decoded picture buffer component 223. 98. 98. id="p-98" id="p-98" id="p-98" id="p-98" id="p-98" id="p-98" id="p-98" id="p-98" id="p-98" id="p-98" id="p-98"
id="p-98"
[0098] FIG. 4 is a block diagram illustrating an example video decoder 400. Video decoder 400 may be employed to implement the decoding functions of codec system 200 and/or implement steps 111, 113, 115, and/or 117 of operating method 100. Decoder 400 receives a bitstream, for example from an encoder 300, and generates a reconstructed output video signal based on the bitstream for display to an end user. 99. 99. id="p-99" id="p-99" id="p-99" id="p-99" id="p-99" id="p-99" id="p-99" id="p-99" id="p-99" id="p-99" id="p-99"
id="p-99"
[0099] The bitstream is received by an entropy decoding component 433. The entropy decoding component 433 is configured to implement an entropy decoding scheme, such as 21 CAVLC, CABAC, SBAC, PIPE coding, or other entropy coding techniques. For example, the entropy decoding component 433 may employ header information to provide a context to interpret additional data encoded as codewords in the bitstream. The decoded information includes any desired information to decode the video signal, such as general control data, filter control data, partition information, motion data, prediction data, and quantized transform coefficients from residual blocks. The quantized transform coefficients are forwarded to an inverse transform and quantization component 429 for reconstruction into residual blocks. The inverse transform and quantization component 429 may be similar to inverse transform and quantization component 329. 100. 100. id="p-100" id="p-100" id="p-100" id="p-100" id="p-100" id="p-100" id="p-100" id="p-100" id="p-100" id="p-100" id="p-100"
id="p-100"
[00100] The reconstructed residual blocks and/or prediction blocks are forwarded to intra-picture prediction component 417 for reconstruction into image blocks based on intra- prediction operations. The intra-picture prediction component 417 may be similar to intra- picture estimation component 215 and to intra-picture prediction component 217.
Specifically, the intra-picture prediction component 417 employs prediction modes to locate a reference block in the frame and applies a residual block to the result to reconstruct intra- predicted image blocks. The reconstructed intra-predicted image blocks and/or the residual blocks and corresponding inter-prediction data are forwarded to a decoded picture buffer component 423 via an in-loop filters component 425, which may be substantially similar to decoded picture buffer component 223 and in-loop filters component 225, respectively. The in-loop filters component 425 filters the reconstructed image blocks, residual blocks and/or prediction blocks, and such information is stored in the decoded picture buffer component 423. Reconstructed image blocks from decoded picture buffer component 423 are forwarded to a motion compensation component 421 for inter-prediction. The motion compensation component 421 may be substantially similar to motion estimation component 221 and/or motion compensation component 219. Specifically, the motion compensation component 421 employs motion vectors from a reference block to generate a prediction block and applies a residual block to the result to reconstruct an image block. The resulting reconstructed blocks may also be forwarded via the in-loop filters component 425 to the decoded picture buffer component 423. The decoded picture buffer component 423 continues to store additional reconstructed image blocks, which can be reconstructed into frames via the partition information. Such frames may also be placed in a sequence. The sequence is output toward a display as a reconstructed output video signal. 101. 101. id="p-101" id="p-101" id="p-101" id="p-101" id="p-101" id="p-101" id="p-101" id="p-101" id="p-101" id="p-101" id="p-101"
id="p-101"
[00101] Keeping the above in mind, video compression techniques perform spatial (intra-picture) prediction and/or temporal (inter-picture) prediction to reduce or remove redundancy inherent in video sequences. For block-based video coding, a video slice (i.e., a 22 video picture or a portion of a video picture) may be partitioned into video blocks, which may also be referred to as treeblocks, coding tree blocks (CTBs), coding tree units (CTUs), coding units (CUs), and/or coding nodes. Video blocks in an intra-coded (I) slice of a picture are encoded using spatial prediction with respect to reference samples in neighboring blocks in the same picture. Video blocks in an inter-coded (P or B) slice of a picture may use spatial prediction with respect to reference samples in neighboring blocks in the same picture or temporal prediction with respect to reference samples in other reference pictures. Pictures may be referred to as frames, and reference pictures may be referred to as reference frames.
The POC is a variable associated with each picture that uniquely identifies the associated picture among all pictures in the coded layer video sequence (CLVS), indicates when the associated picture is to be output from the DPB, and indicates the position of the associated picture in output order relative to the output order positions of the other pictures in the same CLVS that are to be output from the DPB. A flag is a variable or single-bit syntax element that can take one of the two possible values: 0 and 1. 102. 102. id="p-102" id="p-102" id="p-102" id="p-102" id="p-102" id="p-102" id="p-102" id="p-102" id="p-102" id="p-102" id="p-102"
id="p-102"
[00102] Spatial or temporal prediction results in a predictive block for a block to be coded. Residual data represents pixel differences between the original block to be coded and the predictive block. An inter-coded block is encoded according to a motion vector that points to a block of reference samples forming the predictive block, and the residual data indicating the difference between the coded block and the predictive block. An intra-coded block is encoded according to an intra-coding mode and the residual data. For further compression, the residual data may be transformed from the pixel domain to a transform domain, resulting in residual transform coefficients, which then may be quantized. The quantized transform coefficients, initially arranged in a two-dimensional array, may be scanned in order to produce a one-dimensional vector of transform coefficients, and entropy coding may be applied to achieve even more compression. 103. 103. id="p-103" id="p-103" id="p-103" id="p-103" id="p-103" id="p-103" id="p-103" id="p-103" id="p-103" id="p-103" id="p-103"
id="p-103"
[00103] Image and video compression has experienced rapid growth, leading to various coding standards. Such video coding standards include ITU-T H.261, International Organization for Standardization/International Electrotechnical Commission (ISO/IEC) MPEG-1 Part 2, ITU-T H.262 or ISO/IEC MPEG-2 Part 2, ITU-T H.263, ISO/IEC MPEG-4 Part 2, Advanced Video Coding (AVC), also known as ITU-T H.264 or ISO/IEC MPEG-4 Part 10, and High Efficiency Video Coding (HEVC), also known as ITU-T H.265 or MPEG-H Part 2. AVC includes extensions such as Scalable Video Coding (SVC), Multiview Video Coding (MVC) and Multiview Video Coding plus Depth (MVC+D), and 3D AVC (3D-AVC). HEVC includes extensions such as Scalable HEVC (SHVC), Multiview HEVC (MV-HEVC), and 3D HEVC (3D- HEVC). 23 104. 104. id="p-104" id="p-104" id="p-104" id="p-104" id="p-104" id="p-104" id="p-104" id="p-104" id="p-104" id="p-104" id="p-104"
id="p-104"
[00104] There is also a new video coding standard, named Versatile Video Coding (VVC), being developed by the joint video experts team (JVET) of ITU-T and ISO/IEC. While the VVC standard has several working drafts, one Working Draft (WD) of VVC in particular, namely B. Bross, J. Chen, and S. Liu, "Versatile Video Coding (Draft 5)," JVET-N1001-v3, 13th JVET Meeting, March 27, 2019 (VVC Draft 5) is referenced herein. 105. 105. id="p-105" id="p-105" id="p-105" id="p-105" id="p-105" id="p-105" id="p-105" id="p-105" id="p-105" id="p-105" id="p-105"
id="p-105"
[00105] Scalability in video coding usually is supported by using multi-layer coding techniques. A multi-layer bitstream comprises a base layer (BL) and one or more enhancement layers (ELs). An example of scalabilities includes spatial scalability, quality / signal-to-noise (SNR) scalability, multi-view scalability, etc. When a multi-layer coding technique is used, a picture or a part thereof may be coded (1) without using a reference picture, i.e., using intra prediction; (2) by referencing to reference pictures that are in the same layer, i.e., using inter prediction; or (3) by referencing to reference pictures that are in other layer(s), i.e., using inter-layer prediction. A reference picture used for inter-layer prediction of the current picture is referred to as an inter-layer reference picture (ILRP). 106. 106. id="p-106" id="p-106" id="p-106" id="p-106" id="p-106" id="p-106" id="p-106" id="p-106" id="p-106" id="p-106" id="p-106"
id="p-106"
[00106] FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of layer based prediction 500, for example as performed to determine motion vectors (MVs) at block compression step 105, block decoding step 113, motion estimation component 221, motion compensation component 219, motion compensation component 321, and/or motion compensation component 421. Layer based prediction 500 is compatible with unidirectional inter-prediction and/or bidirectional inter-prediction, but is also performed between pictures in different layers. 107. 107. id="p-107" id="p-107" id="p-107" id="p-107" id="p-107" id="p-107" id="p-107" id="p-107" id="p-107" id="p-107" id="p-107"
id="p-107"
[00107] Layer based prediction 500 is applied between pictures 511, 512, 513, and 514 and pictures 515, 516, 517, and 518 in different layers. In the example shown, pictures 511, 512, 513, and 514 are part of layer N+1 532 and pictures 515, 516, 517, and 518 are part of layer N 531. A layer, such as layer N 531 and/or layer N+1 532, is a group of pictures that are all associated with a similar value of a characteristic, such as a similar size, quality, resolution, signal to noise ratio, capability, etc. In the example shown, layer N+1 532 is associated with a larger image size than layer N 531. Accordingly, pictures 511, 512, 513, and 514 in layer N+1 532 have a larger picture size (e.g., larger height and width and hence more samples) than pictures 515, 516, 517, and 518 in layer N 531 in this example.
However, such pictures can be separated between layer N+1 532 and layer N 531 by other characteristics. While only two layers, layer N+1 532 and layer N 531, are shown, a set of pictures can be separated into any number of layers based on associated characteristics.
Layer N+1 532 and layer N 531 may also be denoted by a layer ID. A layer ID is an item of data that is associated with a picture and denotes the picture is part of an indicated layer. 24 Accordingly, each picture 511-518 may be associated with a corresponding layer ID to indicate which layer N+1 532 or layer N 531 includes the corresponding picture. 108. 108. id="p-108" id="p-108" id="p-108" id="p-108" id="p-108" id="p-108" id="p-108" id="p-108" id="p-108" id="p-108" id="p-108"
id="p-108"
[00108] Pictures 511-518 in different layers 531-532 are configured to be displayed in the alternative. As such, pictures 511-518 in different layers 531-532 can share the same temporal identifier (ID) and can be included in the same AU. As used herein, an AU is a set of one or more coded pictures associated with the same display time for output from a DPB. For example, a decoder may decode and display picture 515 at a current display time if a smaller picture is desired or the decoder may decode and display picture 511 at the current display time if a larger picture is desired. As such, pictures 511-514 at higher layer N+1 532 contain substantially the same image data as corresponding pictures 515-518 at lower layer N 531 (notwithstanding the difference in picture size). Specifically, picture 511 contains substantially the same image data as picture 515, picture 512 contains substantially the same image data as picture 516, etc. 109. 109. id="p-109" id="p-109" id="p-109" id="p-109" id="p-109" id="p-109" id="p-109" id="p-109" id="p-109" id="p-109" id="p-109"
id="p-109"
[00109] Pictures 511-518 can be coded by reference to other pictures 511-518 in the same layer N 531 or N+1 532. Coding a picture in reference to another picture in the same layer results in inter-prediction 523, which is compatible with unidirectional inter-prediction and/or bidirectional inter-prediction. Inter-prediction 523 is depicted by solid line arrows. For example, picture 513 may be coded by employing inter-prediction 523 using one or two of pictures 511, 512, and/or 514 in layer N+1 532 as a reference, where one picture is referenced for unidirectional inter-prediction and/or two pictures are referenced for bidirectional inter-prediction. Further, picture 517 may be coded by employing inter- prediction 523 using one or two of pictures 515, 516, and/or 518 in layer N 531 as a reference, where one picture is referenced for unidirectional inter-prediction and/or two pictures are referenced for bidirectional inter-prediction. When a picture is used as a reference for another picture in the same layer when performing inter-prediction 523, the picture may be referred to as a reference picture. For example, picture 512 may be a reference picture used to code picture 513 according to inter-prediction 523. Inter-prediction 523 can also be referred to as intra-layer prediction in a multi-layer context. As such, inter- prediction 523 is a mechanism of coding samples of a current picture by reference to indicated samples in a reference picture that are different from the current picture where the reference picture and the current picture are in the same layer. 110. 110. id="p-110" id="p-110" id="p-110" id="p-110" id="p-110" id="p-110" id="p-110" id="p-110" id="p-110" id="p-110" id="p-110"
id="p-110"
[00110] Pictures 511-518 can also be coded by reference to other pictures 511-518 in different layers. This process is known as inter-layer prediction 521, and is depicted by dashed arrows. Inter-layer prediction 521 is a mechanism of coding samples of a current picture by reference to indicated samples in a reference picture where the current picture and the reference picture are in different layers and hence have different layer IDs. For example, a picture in a lower layer N 531 can be used as a reference picture to code a corresponding picture at a higher layer N+1 532. As a specific example, picture 511 can be coded by reference to picture 515 according to inter-layer prediction 521. In such a case, the picture 515 is used as an inter-layer reference picture. An inter-layer reference picture is a reference picture used for inter-layer prediction 521. In most cases, inter-layer prediction 521 is constrained such that a current picture, such as picture 511, can only use inter-layer reference picture(s) that are included in the same AU and that are at a lower layer, such as picture 515. When multiple layers (e.g., more than two) are available, inter-layer prediction 521 can encode/decode a current picture based on multiple inter-layer reference picture(s) at lower levels than the current picture. 111. 111. id="p-111" id="p-111" id="p-111" id="p-111" id="p-111" id="p-111" id="p-111" id="p-111" id="p-111" id="p-111" id="p-111"
id="p-111"
[00111] A video encoder can employ layer based prediction 500 to encode pictures 511- 518 via many different combinations and/or permutations of inter-prediction 523 and inter- layer prediction 521. For example, picture 515 may be coded according to intra-prediction.
Pictures 516-518 can then be coded according to inter-prediction 523 by using picture 515 as a reference picture. Further, picture 511 may be coded according to inter-layer prediction 521 by using picture 515 as an inter-layer reference picture. Pictures 512-514 can then be coded according to inter-prediction 523 by using picture 511 as a reference picture. As such, a reference picture can serve as both a single layer reference picture and an inter-layer reference picture for different coding mechanisms. By coding higher layer N+1 532 pictures based on lower layer N 531 pictures, the higher layer N+1 532 can avoid employing intra- prediction, which has much lower coding efficiency than inter-prediction 523 and inter-layer prediction 521. As such, the poor coding efficiency of intra-prediction can be limited to the smallest/lowest quality pictures, and hence limited to coding the smallest amount of video data. The pictures used as reference pictures and/or inter-layer reference pictures can be indicated in entries of reference picture list(s) contained in a reference picture list structure. 112. 112. id="p-112" id="p-112" id="p-112" id="p-112" id="p-112" id="p-112" id="p-112" id="p-112" id="p-112" id="p-112" id="p-112"
id="p-112"
[00112] Each AU 506 in FIG. 5 may contain several pictures. For example, one AU 506 may contain pictures 511 and 515. Another AU 506 may contain pictures 512 and 516.
Indeed, each AU 506 is a set of one or more coded pictures associated with the same display time (e.g., the same temporal ID) for output from a decoded picture buffer (DPB) (e.g., for display to a user). Each AUD 508 is an indicator or data structure used to indicate the start of an AU (e.g., AU 508) or the boundary between AUs. 113. 113. id="p-113" id="p-113" id="p-113" id="p-113" id="p-113" id="p-113" id="p-113" id="p-113" id="p-113" id="p-113" id="p-113"
id="p-113"
[00113] Previous H.26x video coding families have provided support for scalability in separate profile(s) from the profile(s) for single-layer coding. Scalable video coding (SVC) is the scalable extension of the AVC/H.264 that provides support for spatial, temporal, and 26 quality scalabilities. For SVC, a flag is signaled in each macroblock (MB) in EL pictures to indicate whether the EL MB is predicted using the collocated block from a lower layer. The prediction from the collocated block may include texture, motion vectors, and/or coding modes. Implementations of SVC cannot directly reuse unmodified H.264/AVC implementations in their design. The SVC EL macroblock syntax and decoding process differs from H.264/AVC syntax and decoding process. 114. 114. id="p-114" id="p-114" id="p-114" id="p-114" id="p-114" id="p-114" id="p-114" id="p-114" id="p-114" id="p-114" id="p-114"
id="p-114"
[00114] Scalable HEVC (SHVC) is the extension of the HEVC/H.265 standard that provides support for spatial and quality scalabilities, multiview HEVC (MV-HEVC) is the extension of the HEVC/H.265 that provides support for multi-view scalability, and 3D HEVC (3D-HEVC) is the extension of the HEVC/H.264 that provides supports for three dimensional (3D) video coding that is more advanced and more efficient than MV-HEVC. Note that the temporal scalability is included as an integral part of the single-layer HEVC codec. The design of the multi-layer extension of HEVC employs the idea where the decoded pictures used for inter-layer prediction come only from the same access unit (AU) and are treated as long-term reference pictures (LTRPs), and are assigned reference indices in the reference picture list(s) along with other temporal reference pictures in the current layer. Inter-layer prediction (ILP) is achieved at the prediction unit (PU) level by setting the value of the reference index to refer to the inter-layer reference picture(s) in the reference picture list(s). 115. 115. id="p-115" id="p-115" id="p-115" id="p-115" id="p-115" id="p-115" id="p-115" id="p-115" id="p-115" id="p-115" id="p-115"
id="p-115"
[00115] Notably, both reference picture resampling and spatial scalability features call for resampling of a reference picture or part thereof. Reference picture resampling (RPR) can be realized at either the picture level or coding block level. However, when RPR is referred to as a coding feature, it is a feature for single-layer coding. Even so, it is possible or even preferable from a codec design point of view to use the same resampling filter for both the RPR feature of single-layer coding and the spatial scalability feature for multi-layer coding. 116. 116. id="p-116" id="p-116" id="p-116" id="p-116" id="p-116" id="p-116" id="p-116" id="p-116" id="p-116" id="p-116" id="p-116"
id="p-116"
[00116] FIG. 6 illustrates an example of layer based prediction 600 utilizing output layer sets (OLSs), for example as performed to determine MVs at block compression step 105, block decoding step 113, motion estimation component 221, motion compensation component 219, motion compensation component 321, and/or motion compensation component 421. Layer based prediction 600 is compatible with unidirectional inter-prediction and/or bidirectional inter-prediction, but is also performed between pictures in different layers. The layer based prediction of FIG. 6 is similar to that of FIG. 5. Therefore, for the sake of brevity, a full description of layer based prediction is not repeated. 117. 117. id="p-117" id="p-117" id="p-117" id="p-117" id="p-117" id="p-117" id="p-117" id="p-117" id="p-117" id="p-117" id="p-117"
id="p-117"
[00117] Some of the layers in the coded video sequence (CVS) 690 of FIG. 6 are included in an OLS. An OLS is a set of layers for which one or more layers are specified as the output layers. An output layer is a layer of an OLS that is output. FIG. 6 depicts three 27 different OLSs, namely OLS 1, OLS 2, and OLS 3. As shown, OLS 1 includes Layer N 631 and Layer N+1 632. OLS 2 includes Layer N 631, Layer N+1 632, Layer N+2 633, and Layer N+3 634. OLS 3 includes Layer N 631, Layer N+1 632, and Layer N+2 633. Despite three OLSs being shown, a different number of OLSs may be used in practical applications. Other layers, such as Layer N+4 635, are not included in the illustrated OLSs (e.g., OLS 1, 2, and 3) but are available for inclusion in other OLSs. 118. 118. id="p-118" id="p-118" id="p-118" id="p-118" id="p-118" id="p-118" id="p-118" id="p-118" id="p-118" id="p-118" id="p-118"
id="p-118"
[00118] Each of the different OLSs may contain any number of layers. The different OLSs are generated in an effort to accommodate the coding capabilities of a variety of different devices having varying coding capabilities. For example, OLS 1, which contains only two layers, may be generated to accomodate a mobile phone with relatively limited coding capabilities. On the other hand, OLS 2, which contains four layers, may be generated to accommodate a big screen television, which is able to decode higher layers than the mobile phone. OLS 3, which contains three layers, may be generated to accommodate a personal computer, laptop computer, or a tablet computer, which may be able to decode higher layers than the mobile phone but cannot decode the highest layers like the big screen television. 119. 119. id="p-119" id="p-119" id="p-119" id="p-119" id="p-119" id="p-119" id="p-119" id="p-119" id="p-119" id="p-119" id="p-119"
id="p-119"
[00119] The layers in FIG. 6 can be all independent from each other. That is, each layer can be coded without using inter-layer prediction (ILP). In this case, the layers are referred to as simulcast layers. One or more of the layers in FIG. 6 may also be coded using ILP. Whether the layers are simulcast layers or whether some of the layers are coded using ILP is signaled by a flag in a video parameter set (VPS), which will be more fully discussed below. When some layers use ILP, the layer dependency relationship among layers is also signaled in the VPS. 120. 120. id="p-120" id="p-120" id="p-120" id="p-120" id="p-120" id="p-120" id="p-120" id="p-120" id="p-120" id="p-120" id="p-120"
id="p-120"
[00120] In an embodiment, when the layers are simulcast layers, only one layer is selected for decoding and output. In an embodiment, when some layers use ILP, all of the layers (e.g., the entire bitstream) are specified to be decoded, and certain layers among the layers are specified to be output layers. The output layer or layers may be, for example, 1) only the highest layer, 2) all the layers, or 3) the highest layer plus a set of indicated lower layers. For example, when the highest layer plus a set of indicated lower layers are designated for output by a flag in the VPS, layer N+3 634 (which is the highest layer) and layers N 631 and N+1 632 (which are lower layers) from OLS 2 are output. 121. 121. id="p-121" id="p-121" id="p-121" id="p-121" id="p-121" id="p-121" id="p-121" id="p-121" id="p-121" id="p-121" id="p-121"
id="p-121"
[00121] As shown in FIG. 6, each layer is comprised of any number of pictures. For example, Layer N 631 includes pictures 615-618, Layer N+1 632 includes pictures 611-614, Layer N+2 633 includes pictures 641-644, Layer N+3 634 includes pictures 651-654, and Layer N+4 635 includes pictures 661-664. 28 122. 122. id="p-122" id="p-122" id="p-122" id="p-122" id="p-122" id="p-122" id="p-122" id="p-122" id="p-122" id="p-122" id="p-122"
id="p-122"
[00122] FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram illustrating an example multi-layer video sequence 700 configured for temporal scalability. The multi-layer video sequence 700 may be encoded by an encoder, such as codec system 200 and/or encoder 300 and decoded by a decoder, such as codec system 200 and/or decoder 400, for example according to method 100. The multi-layer video sequence 700 is included to depict another example application for layers in a coded video sequence. For example, the multi-layer video sequence 700 may be employed as a separate embodiment or may be combined with the techniques described with respect to the layer-based prediction 500 or 600. 123. 123. id="p-123" id="p-123" id="p-123" id="p-123" id="p-123" id="p-123" id="p-123" id="p-123" id="p-123" id="p-123" id="p-123"
id="p-123"
[00123] The multi-layer video sequence 700 includes sublayers 710, 720, and 730. A sublayer is a temporal scalable layer of a temporal scalable bitstream that includes VCL NAL units (e.g., pictures) with a particular temporal identifier value as well as associated non-VCL NAL units (e.g., supporting parameters). The sublayer 710 may be referred to as a base layer and sublayers 720 and 730 may be referred to as enhancement layers. As shown, the sublayer 710 includes pictures 711 at a first frame rate, such as thirty frames per second.
The sublayer 710 is a base layer because the sublayer 710 includes the base/lowest frame rate. The sublayer 720 contains pictures 721 that are temporally offset from the pictures 711 of sublayer 710. The result is that sublayer 710 and sublayer 720 can be combined, which results in a frame rate that is collectively higher than the frame rate of the sublayer 710 alone. For example, sublayer 710 and 720 may have a combined frame rate of sixty frames per second. Accordingly, the sublayer 720 enhances the frame rate of the sublayer 710.
Further, sublayer 730 contains pictures 731 that are also temporally offset from the pictures 721 and 711 of sublayers 720 and 710. As such, the sublayer 730 can be combined with sublayers 720 and 710 to further enhance the sublayer 710. For example, the sublayers 710, 720, and 730 may have a combined frame rate of ninety frames per second. 124. 124. id="p-124" id="p-124" id="p-124" id="p-124" id="p-124" id="p-124" id="p-124" id="p-124" id="p-124" id="p-124" id="p-124"
id="p-124"
[00124] A sublayer representation 740 can be dynamically created by combining sublayers 710, 720, and/or 730. A sublayer representation 740 is a subset of a bitstream containing NAL units of a particular sublayer and the lower sublayers. In the example shown, the sublayer representation 740 contains pictures 741, which are the combined pictures 711, 721, and 731 of sublayers 710, 720, and 730. Accordingly, the multi-layer video sequence 700 can be temporally scaled to a desired frame rate by selecting a sublayer representation 740 that includes a desired set of sublayers 710, 720, and/or 730. A sublayer representation 740 may be created by employing an OLS that includes sublayer 710, 720, and/or 730 as layers. In such a case, the sublayer representation 740 is selected as an output layer. As such, temporal scalability is one of several mechanisms that can be accomplished using multi- layer mechanisms. 29 125. 125. id="p-125" id="p-125" id="p-125" id="p-125" id="p-125" id="p-125" id="p-125" id="p-125" id="p-125" id="p-125" id="p-125"
id="p-125"
[00125] In an embodiment, each of the sublayers 710, 720, and 730 is associated with a temporal identifier (ID), which may be designated TemporalID. For example, sublayer 710 may have TemporalID 755, sublayer 720 may have TemporalID 757, and sublayer 730 may have TemporalID 759. The TemporalIDs 755, 757, and 759 may be used to uniquely identify each of the sublayers. 126. 126. id="p-126" id="p-126" id="p-126" id="p-126" id="p-126" id="p-126" id="p-126" id="p-126" id="p-126" id="p-126" id="p-126"
id="p-126"
[00126] In an embodiment, a syntax element designated vps_max_sublayers_minus1 plus 1 specifies the maximum number of temporal sublayers (e.g., sublayers 710, 720, 730, etc.) that may be present in a layer (e.g., layer 631, 632, etc.) specified by the VPS. In an embodiment, the value of vps_max_sublayers_minus1 shall be in the range of 0 to 6, inclusive. Therefore, the multi-layer video sequence 700 contains a maximum number of sublayers in a range of one to seven. 127. 127. id="p-127" id="p-127" id="p-127" id="p-127" id="p-127" id="p-127" id="p-127" id="p-127" id="p-127" id="p-127" id="p-127"
id="p-127"
[00127] In the example shown in FIG. 7, the sublayer 730 is the sublayer furthest from the sublayer 710, which is the base sublayer. That is, none of the sublayers in FIG. 7 are above, beyond, or higher than sublayer 730. Therefore, sublayer 730 in FIG. 7 may be referred to as the highest sublayer representation. 128. 128. id="p-128" id="p-128" id="p-128" id="p-128" id="p-128" id="p-128" id="p-128" id="p-128" id="p-128" id="p-128" id="p-128"
id="p-128"
[00128] Video coding standards like HEVC, SHVC, MV-HEVC, and VVC specify and signal a profile, a tier, and a level. Profiles, tiers, and levels specify restrictions on bitstreams and hence limits on the capabilities needed to decode the bitstreams. Profiles, tiers, and levels may also be used to indicate interoperability points between individual decoder implementations. A profile is a defined set of coding tools used to create a compliant or conforming bitstream. Each profile specifies a subset of algorithmic features and limits that shall be supported by all decoders conforming to that profile. 129. 129. id="p-129" id="p-129" id="p-129" id="p-129" id="p-129" id="p-129" id="p-129" id="p-129" id="p-129" id="p-129" id="p-129"
id="p-129"
[00129] A level is a set of constraints for a bitstream (e.g., max luma sample rate, max bit rate for a resolution, etc.). That is, a level is a set of constraints that indicate the required decoder performance to playback a bitstream of the specified profile. 130. 130. id="p-130" id="p-130" id="p-130" id="p-130" id="p-130" id="p-130" id="p-130" id="p-130" id="p-130" id="p-130" id="p-130"
id="p-130"
[00130] The levels are split into two tiers: Main and High. The Main tier is a lower tier than the High tier. The tiers were made to deal with applications that differ in terms of their maximum bit rate. The Main tier was designed for most applications while the High tier was designed for very demanding applications. The set of constraints and/or tiers corresponding to the levels may be referred to herein as level information. 131. 131. id="p-131" id="p-131" id="p-131" id="p-131" id="p-131" id="p-131" id="p-131" id="p-131" id="p-131" id="p-131" id="p-131"
id="p-131"
[00131] Each level of a tier specifies a set of limits on the values that may be taken by the syntax elements of a particular standard (e.g., HEVC, VVC). The same set of tier and level definitions is used with all profiles, but individual implementations may support a different tier and within a tier a different level for each supported profile. For any given profile, a level of a tier generally corresponds to a particular decoder processing load and memory capability. 132. 132. id="p-132" id="p-132" id="p-132" id="p-132" id="p-132" id="p-132" id="p-132" id="p-132" id="p-132" id="p-132" id="p-132"
id="p-132"
[00132] Using the HEVC standard, a representative example of levels and tiers for different profiles is provided in Table 1 below.
Table 1 Level Max bit rate for Main Max bit rate for High Example picture resolution 4:4:4 12 profile Throughput at highest frame rate (1000 bits/sec) 4:4:4 16 Intra profile (MaxDPBsize) (1000 bits/sec) Main tier High tier Main tier High tier .2 4,096×2,160@120.0 180,000 720,000 5,760,000 23,040,000 6 8,192×4,320@30.0 180,000 720,000 5,760,000 23,040,000 6.1 8,192×4,320@60.0 180,000 720,000 11,520,000 46,080,000 6.2 8,192×4,320@120.0 720,000 2,400,000 23,040,000 76,800,000 133. 133. id="p-133" id="p-133" id="p-133" id="p-133" id="p-133" id="p-133" id="p-133" id="p-133" id="p-133" id="p-133" id="p-133"
id="p-133"
[00133] Profile, tier, and level (PTL) parameters are a syntax structure (e.g., the i-th profile_tier_level( ) syntax structure) that provides profile, tier, and/or level as noted in the table above. Decoded picture buffer (DPB) parameters are a syntax structure (e.g., the i-th dpb_parameters( ) syntax structure) that provides a DPB size and, optionally, a maximum picture reorder number and maximum latency information. The maximum picture reorder number and maximum latency information may be collectively referred to by the acronym MRML. HRD parameters are a syntax structure (e.g., i-th ols_timing_hrd_parameters( ) syntax structure) that initialize and/or define operational conditions of the HRD. Further details and specifics regarding one or more of the PTL parameters, the DPB parameters, and the HRD parameters are provided below. 134. 134. id="p-134" id="p-134" id="p-134" id="p-134" id="p-134" id="p-134" id="p-134" id="p-134" id="p-134" id="p-134" id="p-134"
id="p-134"
[00134] In an embodiment, the maximum picture reorder number is designated dpb_max_num_reorder_pics[ i ], which specifies the maximum allowed number of pictures of the OLS that can precede any picture in the OLS in decoding order and follow that picture in output order when Htid is equal to i. The value of dpb_max_num_reorder_pics[ i ] shall be in the range of 0 to dpb_max_dec_pic_buffering_minus1[ i ], inclusive. When i is greater than 0, dpb_max_num_reorder_pics[ i ] shall be greater than or equal to dpb_max_num_reorder_pics[ i − 1 ]. When dpb_max_num_reorder_pics[ i ] is not present for i in the range of 0 to MaxSubLayersMinus1 − 1, inclusive, due to subLayerInfoFlag being equal to 0, it is inferred to be equal to dpb_max_num_reorder_pics[ MaxSubLayersMinus1 ].
Htid is a variable which identifies the highest temporal sublayer to be decoded. 31 135. 135. id="p-135" id="p-135" id="p-135" id="p-135" id="p-135" id="p-135" id="p-135" id="p-135" id="p-135" id="p-135" id="p-135"
id="p-135"
[00135] dpb_max_dec_pic_buffering_minus1[ i ] plus 1 specifies the maximum required size of the DPB in units of picture storage buffers when Htid is equal to i. The value of dpb_max_dec_pic_buffering_minus1[ i ] shall be in the range of 0 to MaxDpbSize − 1, inclusive, where MaxDpbSize is as specified in subclause A.4.2 of the VVC standard. When i is greater than 0, dpb_max_dec_pic_buffering_minus1[ i ] shall be greater than or equal to dpb_max_dec_pic_buffering_minus1[ i − 1 ]. When dpb_max_dec_pic_buffering_minus1[ i ] is not present for i in the range of 0 to MaxSubLayersMinus1 − 1, inclusive, due to subLayerInfoFlag being equal to 0, it is inferred to be equal to dpb_max_dec_pic_buffering_minus1[ MaxSubLayersMinus1 ]. 136. 136. id="p-136" id="p-136" id="p-136" id="p-136" id="p-136" id="p-136" id="p-136" id="p-136" id="p-136" id="p-136" id="p-136"
id="p-136"
[00136] In an embodiment, maximum latency information is designated dpb_max_latency_increase_plus1[ i ]. dpb_max_latency_increase_plus1[ i ] not equal to 0 is used to compute the value of MaxLatencyPictures[ i ], which specifies the maximum number of pictures in the OLS that can precede any picture in the OLS in output order and follow that picture in decoding order when Htid is equal to i. 137. 137. id="p-137" id="p-137" id="p-137" id="p-137" id="p-137" id="p-137" id="p-137" id="p-137" id="p-137" id="p-137" id="p-137"
id="p-137"
[00137] MaxLatencyPictures[ i ] = dpb_max_num_reorder_pics[ i ] + dpb_max_latency_ increase_plus1[ i ] – 1. 138. 138. id="p-138" id="p-138" id="p-138" id="p-138" id="p-138" id="p-138" id="p-138" id="p-138" id="p-138" id="p-138" id="p-138"
id="p-138"
[00138] Unfortunately, the level information (and perhaps other PTL parameters), the HRD parameters, and the DPB parameters are signaled for each of the layers (e.g., layers 631, 632, etc.) in a multi-layer bitstream even when the PTL parameters, HRD parameters, and/or DPB parameters are the same for one or more of the layers (e.g., when all of the layers have the same number of sublayers). Therefore, the same parameters are repeatedly signaled in the multi-layer bitstream, which causes redundancy and inefficiency in the coding process. 139. 139. id="p-139" id="p-139" id="p-139" id="p-139" id="p-139" id="p-139" id="p-139" id="p-139" id="p-139" id="p-139" id="p-139"
id="p-139"
[00139] Disclosed herein are techniques that ensure the same profile, tier, and level (PTL) parameters, hypothetical reference decoder (HRD) parameters, and decoded picture buffer (DPB) parameters are not repeatedly signaled for the layers in a multi-layer bitstream.
Signaling the same PTL parameters, HRD parameters, and DPB parameters only once reduces redundancy and increases coding efficiency for multi-layer video bitstreams. Thus, the coder / decoder (a.k.a., "codec") in video coding is improved relative to current codecs. As a practical matter, the improved video coding process offers the user a better user experience when videos are sent, received, and/or viewed. 140. 140. id="p-140" id="p-140" id="p-140" id="p-140" id="p-140" id="p-140" id="p-140" id="p-140" id="p-140" id="p-140" id="p-140"
id="p-140"
[00140] FIG. 8 illustrates an embodiment of a video bitstream 800. As used herein the video bitstream 800 may also be referred to as a coded video bitstream, a bitstream, or variations thereof. As shown in FIG. 8, the bitstream 800 comprises at least one picture unit (PU) 801. While three of the PUs 801 are shown in FIG. 8, a different number of PUs 801 32 may be present in the bitstream 800 in practical applications. Each PU 801 is a set of NAL units that are associated with each other according to a specified classification rule, are consecutive in decoding order, and contain exactly one coded picture (e.g., picture 814). 141. 141. id="p-141" id="p-141" id="p-141" id="p-141" id="p-141" id="p-141" id="p-141" id="p-141" id="p-141" id="p-141" id="p-141"
id="p-141"
[00141] In an embodiment, each PU 801 contains one or more of the following: decoding capability information (DCI) 802, a video parameter set (VPS) 804, a sequence parameter set (SPS) 806, a picture parameter set (PPS) 808, a picture header (PH) 812, and a picture 814. Each of the DCI 802, the VPS 804, the SPS 806, and the PPS 808 may be generically referred to as a parameter set. In an embodiment, other parameter sets not shown in FIG. 8 may also be included in the bitstream 800 such as, for example, an adaption parameter set (APS), which is a syntax structure containing syntax elements that apply to zero or more slices as determined by zero or more syntax elements found in slice headers. 142. 142. id="p-142" id="p-142" id="p-142" id="p-142" id="p-142" id="p-142" id="p-142" id="p-142" id="p-142" id="p-142" id="p-142"
id="p-142"
[00142] The DCI 802, which may also be referred to a decoding parameter set (DPS) or decoder parameter set, is a syntax structure containing syntax elements that apply to the entire bitstream. The DCI 802 includes parameters that stay constant for the lifetime of the video bitstream (e.g., bitstream 800), which can translate to the lifetime of a session. The DCI 802 can include profile, level, and sub-profile information to determine a maximum complexity interop point that is guaranteed to be never exceeded, even if splicing of video sequences occurs within a session. It further optionally includes constraint flags, which indicate that the video bitstream will be constraint of the use of certain features as indicated by the values of those flags. With this, a bitstream can be labelled as not using certain tools, which allows among other things for resource allocation in a decoder implementation. Like all parameter sets, the DCI 802 is present when first referenced, and referenced by the very first picture in a video sequence, implying that it has to be sent among the first NAL units in the bitstream 800. While multiple DCIs 802 can be in the bitstream 800, the value of the syntax elements therein cannot be inconsistent when being referenced. 143. 143. id="p-143" id="p-143" id="p-143" id="p-143" id="p-143" id="p-143" id="p-143" id="p-143" id="p-143" id="p-143" id="p-143"
id="p-143"
[00143] The VPS 804 includes decoding dependency or information for reference picture set construction of enhancement layers. The VPS 804 provides an overall perspective or view of a scalable sequence, including what types of operation points are provided, the profile, tier, and level of the operation points, and some other high-level properties of the bitstream 800 that can be used as the basis for session negotiation and content selection, etc. 144. 144. id="p-144" id="p-144" id="p-144" id="p-144" id="p-144" id="p-144" id="p-144" id="p-144" id="p-144" id="p-144" id="p-144"
id="p-144"
[00144] In an embodiment, the VPS 804 includes a flag 850. In an embodiment, the flag 850 is designated vps_default_ptl_dpb_hrd_max_tid_flag. The flag 850 may be set to or have a first value (e.g., one) or a second value (e.g., zero). When not present, the value of the flag 850 is inferred to be equal to 1. The flag 850 having the first value specifies that the syntax elements vps_ptl_max_tid[ i ], vps_dpb_max_tid[ i ], and vps_hrd_max_tid[ i ] are 33 not present in the VPS 804 and are inferred to be equal to the default value vps_max_sublayers_minus1. That is, the temporal identifier (tid) for a highest sublayer representation (e.g., sublayer 730) corresponding to the profile tier level (PTL) parameters, the decoded picture buffer (DPB) parameters, and the hypothetical reference decoder (HRD) parameters is not present in the VPS 804. 145. 145. id="p-145" id="p-145" id="p-145" id="p-145" id="p-145" id="p-145" id="p-145" id="p-145" id="p-145" id="p-145" id="p-145"
id="p-145"
[00145] vps_ptl_max_tid[ i ] specifies the TemporalId of the highest sublayer representation (e.g., sublayer 730) for which the level information is present in the i-th profile_tier_level( ) syntax structure in the VPS 804 and the TemporalId of the highest sublayer representation that is present in the OLSs with OLS index olsIdx such that vps_ols_ptl_idx[ olsIdx ] is equal to i. 146. 146. id="p-146" id="p-146" id="p-146" id="p-146" id="p-146" id="p-146" id="p-146" id="p-146" id="p-146" id="p-146" id="p-146"
id="p-146"
[00146] vps_dpb_max_tid[ i ] specifies the TemporalId of the highest sublayer representation (e.g., sublayer 730) for which the DPB parameters could be present in the i-th dpb_parameters( ) syntax structure in the VPS 804. The value of vps_dpb_max_tid[ i ] shall be in the range of 0 to vps_max_sublayers_minus1, inclusive. When not present, the value of vps_dpb_max_tid[ i ] is inferred to be equal to vps_max_sublayers_minus1. 147. 147. id="p-147" id="p-147" id="p-147" id="p-147" id="p-147" id="p-147" id="p-147" id="p-147" id="p-147" id="p-147" id="p-147"
id="p-147"
[00147] vps_hrd_max_tid[ i ] specifies the TemporalId of the highest sublayer representation (e.g., sublayer 730) for which the HRD parameters are contained in the i-th ols_timing_hrd_parameters( ) syntax structure. In an embodiment, the i-th ols_timing_hrd_parameters( ) syntax structure is present in the VPS 804 or the sequence parameter set (SPS) 806. The value of vps_hrd_max_tid[ i ] shall be in the range of 0 to vps_max_sublayers_minus1, inclusive. When not present, the value of vps_hrd_max_tid[ i ] is inferred to be equal to vps_max_sublayers_minus1. 148. 148. id="p-148" id="p-148" id="p-148" id="p-148" id="p-148" id="p-148" id="p-148" id="p-148" id="p-148" id="p-148" id="p-148"
id="p-148"
[00148] vps_max_sublayers_minus1 plus 1 specifies the maximum number of temporal sublayers (e.g., sublayers 710, 720, 730) that may be present in a layer (e.g., layers 631, 632, 633, etc.) specified by the VPS 804. In an embodiment, the value of vps_max_sublayers_minus1 is in the range of 0 to 6, inclusive. Thus, the maximum number of sublayers is in a range of one to seven. That is, there are anywhere from one to seven sublayers in the multi-layer bitstream depending on the value of vps_max_sublayers_minus1. 149. 149. id="p-149" id="p-149" id="p-149" id="p-149" id="p-149" id="p-149" id="p-149" id="p-149" id="p-149" id="p-149" id="p-149"
id="p-149"
[00149] The flag 850 having the second value specifies that the syntax elements vps_ptl_max_tid[ i ], vps_dpb_max_tid[ i ], and vps_hrd_max_tid[ i ] are present in the VPS 804. That is, the temporal identifier (tid) for a highest sublayer representation (e.g., sublayer 730) corresponding to the profile tier level (PTL) parameters, the decoded picture buffer (DPB) parameters, and the hypothetical reference decoder (HRD) parameters is present in the VPS 804. 34 150. 150. id="p-150" id="p-150" id="p-150" id="p-150" id="p-150" id="p-150" id="p-150" id="p-150" id="p-150" id="p-150" id="p-150"
id="p-150"
[00150] In an embodiment, the flag 850 is designated vps_all_layers_same_num_sublayers_flag. The flag 850 may be set to or have a first value (e.g., one) or a second value (e.g., zero). The flag 850 having the first value specifies that the number of temporal sub-layers is the same for all the layers in each coded video sequence (CVS) 816 referring to the VPS 804. The flag 850 having the second value specifies that the layers in each CVS 816 referring to the VPS 804 may or may not have the same number of temporal sub-layers. When not present, the value of the flag 850 is inferred to be equal to 1. In an embodiment, the name and semantics of the flag 850 is changed from vps_all_layers_same_num_sublayers_flag to vps_default_ptl_dpb_hrd_max_tid_flag to only control VPS syntax without requiring the number of sublayers to be the same for all layers. 151. 151. id="p-151" id="p-151" id="p-151" id="p-151" id="p-151" id="p-151" id="p-151" id="p-151" id="p-151" id="p-151" id="p-151"
id="p-151"
[00151] The SPS 806 contains data that is common to all the pictures in a sequence of pictures (SOP). The SPS 806 is a syntax structure containing syntax elements that apply to zero or more entire CLVSs as determined by the content of a syntax element found in the PPS referred to by a syntax element found in each picture header. In contrast, the PPS 808 contains data that is common to the entire picture. The PPS 808 is a syntax structure containing syntax elements that apply to zero or more entire coded pictures as determined by a syntax element found in each picture header (e.g., PH 812). 152. 152. id="p-152" id="p-152" id="p-152" id="p-152" id="p-152" id="p-152" id="p-152" id="p-152" id="p-152" id="p-152" id="p-152"
id="p-152"
[00152] In an embodiment, the VPS 804 and/or the SPS 806 contain the following SPS syntax and semantics to implement one or more of the embodiments disclosed herein. 153. 153. id="p-153" id="p-153" id="p-153" id="p-153" id="p-153" id="p-153" id="p-153" id="p-153" id="p-153" id="p-153" id="p-153"
id="p-153"
[00153] The VPS syntax includes the following. video_parameter_set_rbsp( ) { Descripto r vps_video_parameter_set_id u(4) vps_max_layers_minus1 u(6) vps_max_sub_layers_minus1 u(3) if( vps_max_layers_minus1 > 0 && vps_max_sub_layers_minus1 > 0 ) vps_all_layers_same_num_sub_layers_flag u(1) if( vps_max_layers_minus1 > 0 ) vps_all_independent_layers_flag u(1) ... vps_num_ptls u(8) for( i = 0; i < vps_num_ptls; i++ ) { if( i > 0 ) pt_present_flag[ i ] u(1) if( vps_max_sub_layers_minus1 > 0 && !vps_all_layers_same_num_sub_layers_flag ) ptl_max_temporal_id[ i ] u(3) } while( !byte_aligned( ) ) vps_ptl_byte_alignment_zero_bit /* equal to 0 */ u(1) for( i = 0; i < vps_num_ptls; i++ ) profile_tier_level( pt_present_flag[ i ], ptl_max_temporal_id[ i ] ) for( i = 0; i < TotalNumOlss; i++ ) if( NumLayersInOls[ i ] > 1 && vps_num_ptls > 1 ) ols_ptl_idx[ i ] u(8) if( !vps_all_independent_layers_flag ) vps_num_dpb_params ue(v) if( vps_num_dpb_params > 0 ) { same_dpb_size_output_or_nonoutput_flag u(1) if( vps_max_sub_layers_minus1 > 0 ) vps_sub_layer_dpb_params_present_flag u(1) } for( i = 0; i < vps_num_dpb_params; i++ ) { dpb_size_only_flag[ i ] u(1) if( vps_max_sub_layers_minus1 > 0 && !vps_all_layers_same_num_sub_layers_flag ) dpb_max_temporal_id[ i ] u(3) dpb_parameters( dpb_size_only_flag[ i ], dpb_max_temporal_id[ i ], vps_sub_layer_dpb_params_present_flag ) } for( i = 0; i < vps_max_layers_minus1 && vps_num_dpb_params > 1; i++ ) { if( !vps_independent_layer_flag[ i ] ) layer_output_dpb_params_idx[ i ] ue(v) if( LayerUsedAsRefLayerFlag[ i ] && !same_dpb_size_output_or_nonoutput_flag ) 36 layer_nonoutput_dpb_params_idx[ i ] ue(v) } general_hrd_params_present_flag u(1) if( general_hrd_params_present_flag ) { num_units_in_tick u(32) time_scale u(32) general_hrd_parameters( ) } vps_extension_flag u(1) if( vps_extension_flag ) while( more_rbsp_data( ) ) vps_extension_data_flag u(1) rbsp_trailing_bits( ) } 154. 154. id="p-154" id="p-154" id="p-154" id="p-154" id="p-154" id="p-154" id="p-154" id="p-154" id="p-154" id="p-154" id="p-154"
id="p-154"
[00154] The SPS raw byte sequence payload (RBSP) syntax includes the following. seq_parameter_set_rbsp( ) { Descripto r sps_decoding_parameter_set_id u(4) sps_video_parameter_set_id u(4) sps_max_sub_layers_minus1 u(3) sps_reserved_zero_4bits u(4) sps_ptl_dpb_present_flag u(1) if( sps_ptl_dpb_present_flag ) profile_tier_level( 1, sps_max_sub_layers_minus1 ) gdr_enabled_flag u(1) sps_seq_parameter_set_id ue(v) chroma_format_idc ue(v) ... log2_max_pic_order_cnt_lsb_minus4 ue(v) poc_msb_in_rap_pics_flag u(1) if( poc_msb_in_rap_pics_flag > 0 ) poc_msb_len_minus1 ue(v) 37 if( sps_max_sub_layers_minus1 > 0 ) sps_sub_layer_dpb_params_flag u(1) if( sps_ptl_dpb_present_flag ) dpb_parameters( 0, sps_max_sub_layers_minus1, sps_sub_layer_dpb_params_flag ) long_term_ref_pics_flag u(1) ... sps_scaling_list_enabled_flag u(1) vui_parameters_present_flag u(1) if( vui_parameters_present_flag ) vui_parameters( ) sps_extension_flag u(1) if( sps_extension_flag ) while( more_rbsp_data( ) ) sps_extension_data_flag u(1) rbsp_trailing_bits( ) } 155. 155. id="p-155" id="p-155" id="p-155" id="p-155" id="p-155" id="p-155" id="p-155" id="p-155" id="p-155" id="p-155" id="p-155"
id="p-155"
[00155] The DPB syntax includes the following. dpb_parameters( dpbSizeOnlyFlag, maxSubLayersMinus1, subLayerInfoFlag ) { Descript or for( i = ( subLayerInfoFlag ? 0 : maxSubLayersMinus1 ); i <= maxSubLayersMinus1; i++ ) { max_dec_pic_buffering_minus1[ i ] ue(v) if( !dpbSizeOnlyFlag ) { max_num_reorder_pics[ i ] ue(v) max_latency_increase_plus1[ i ] ue(v) } } } 156. 156. id="p-156" id="p-156" id="p-156" id="p-156" id="p-156" id="p-156" id="p-156" id="p-156" id="p-156" id="p-156" id="p-156"
id="p-156"
[00156] The HRD parameters syntax includes general HRD parameters syntax, OLS HRD parameters syntax, and sub-layer HRD parameters syntax. 38 157. 157. id="p-157" id="p-157" id="p-157" id="p-157" id="p-157" id="p-157" id="p-157" id="p-157" id="p-157" id="p-157" id="p-157"
id="p-157"
[00157] The general HRD parameters syntax includes the following. general_hrd_parameters( ) { Descripto r general_nal_hrd_params_present_flag u(1) general_vcl_hrd_params_present_flag u(1) if( general_nal_hrd_params_present_flag | | general_vcl_hrd_params_present_flag ) { decoding_unit_hrd_params_present_flag u(1) if( decoding_unit_hrd_params_present_flag ) { tick_divisor_minus2 u(8) decoding_unit_cpb_params_in_pic_timing_sei_flag u(1) } bit_rate_scale u(4) cpb_size_scale u(4) if( decoding_unit_hrd_params_present_flag ) cpb_size_du_scale u(4) } if( vps_max_sub_layers_minus1 > 0 ) sub_layer_cpb_params_present_flag u(1) if( TotalNumOlss > 1 ) num_ols_hrd_params_minus1 ue(v) hrd_cpb_cnt_minus1 ue(v) for( i = 0; i <= num_ols_hrd_params_minus1; i++ ) { if( vps_max_sub_layers_minus1 > 0 && !vps_all_layers_same_num_sub_layers_flag ) hrd_max_temporal_id[ i ] u(3) ols_hrd_parameters( hrd_max_temporal_id[ i ] ) } if( num_ols_hrd_params_minus1 > 0 ) for( i = 1; i < TotalNumOlss; i++ ) ols_hrd_idx[ i ] ue(v) } 158. 158. id="p-158" id="p-158" id="p-158" id="p-158" id="p-158" id="p-158" id="p-158" id="p-158" id="p-158" id="p-158" id="p-158"
id="p-158"
[00158] The OLS HRD parameters syntax includes the following. 39 ols_hrd_parameters( hrdMaxTid ) { Descripto r firstSubLayer = sub_layer_cpb_params_present_flag ? 0: hrdMaxTid for( i = firstSubLayer; i <= hrdMaxTid; i++ ) { fixed_pic_rate_general_flag[ i ] u(1) if( !fixed_pic_rate_general_flag[ i ] ) fixed_pic_rate_within_cvs_flag[ i ] u(1) if( fixed_pic_rate_within_cvs_flag[ i ] ) elemental_duration_in_tc_minus1[ i ] ue(v) else if( hrd_cpb_cnt_minus1 = = 0 ) low_delay_hrd_flag[ i ] u(1) if( general_nal_hrd_params_present_flag ) sub_layer_hrd_parameters( i ) if( general_vcl_hrd_params_present_flag ) sub_layer_hrd_parameters( i ) } } 159. 159. id="p-159" id="p-159" id="p-159" id="p-159" id="p-159" id="p-159" id="p-159" id="p-159" id="p-159" id="p-159" id="p-159"
id="p-159"
[00159] The sub-layer HRD parameters syntax includes the following. sub_layer_hrd_parameters( subLayerId ) { Descripto r for( j = 0; j <= hrd_cpb_cnt_minus1; j++ ) { bit_rate_value_minus1[ subLayerId ][ j ] ue(v) cpb_size_value_minus1[ subLayerId ][ j ] ue(v) if( decoding_unit_hrd_params_present_flag ) { cpb_size_du_value_minus1[ subLayerId ][ j ] ue(v) bit_rate_du_value_minus1[ subLayerId ][ j ] ue(v) } cbr_flag[ subLayerId ][ j ] u(1) } } 160. 160. id="p-160" id="p-160" id="p-160" id="p-160" id="p-160" id="p-160" id="p-160" id="p-160" id="p-160" id="p-160" id="p-160"
id="p-160"
[00160] The VPS semantics are as follows. 40 161. 161. id="p-161" id="p-161" id="p-161" id="p-161" id="p-161" id="p-161" id="p-161" id="p-161" id="p-161" id="p-161" id="p-161"
id="p-161"
[00161] vps_max_layers_minus1 plus 1 specifies the maximum allowed number of layers in each CVS referring to the VPS. 162. 162. id="p-162" id="p-162" id="p-162" id="p-162" id="p-162" id="p-162" id="p-162" id="p-162" id="p-162" id="p-162" id="p-162"
id="p-162"
[00162] vps_max_sub_layers_minus1 plus 1 specifies the maximum number of temporal sub-layers that may be present in each CVS referring to the VPS. The value of vps_max_sub_layers_minus1 shall be in the range of 0 to 6, inclusive. 163. 163. id="p-163" id="p-163" id="p-163" id="p-163" id="p-163" id="p-163" id="p-163" id="p-163" id="p-163" id="p-163" id="p-163"
id="p-163"
[00163] vps_all_layers_same_num_sub_layers_flag equal to 1 specifies that the number of temporal sub-layers is the same for all the layers in each CVS referring to the VPS. vps_all_layers_same_num_sub_layers_flag equal to 0 specifies that the layers in each CVS referring to the VPS may or may not have the same number of temporal sub-layers. When not present, the value of vps_all_layers_same_num_sub_layers_flag is inferred to be equal to 1. 164. 164. id="p-164" id="p-164" id="p-164" id="p-164" id="p-164" id="p-164" id="p-164" id="p-164" id="p-164" id="p-164" id="p-164"
id="p-164"
[00164] vps_all_independent_layers_flag equal to 1 specifies that all layers in the CVS are independently coded without using inter-layer prediction. vps_all_independent_layers_flag equal to 0 specifies that one or more of the layers in the CVS may use inter-layer prediction.
When not present, the value of vps_all_independent_layers_flag is inferred to be equal to 1.
When vps_all_independent_layers_flag is equal to 1, the value of vps_independent_layer_flag[ i ] is inferred to be equal to 1. When vps_all_independent_layers_flag is equal to 0, the value of vps_independent_layer_flag[ 0 ] is inferred to be equal to 1. 165. 165. id="p-165" id="p-165" id="p-165" id="p-165" id="p-165" id="p-165" id="p-165" id="p-165" id="p-165" id="p-165" id="p-165"
id="p-165"
[00165] vps_direct_dependency_flag[ i ][ j ] equal to 0 specifies that the layer with index j is not a direct reference layer for the layer with index i. vps_direct_dependency_flag [ i ][ j ] equal to 1 specifies that the layer with index j is a direct reference layer for the layer with index i. When vps_direct_dependency_flag[ i ][ j ] is not present for i and j in the range of 0 to vps_max_layers_minus1, inclusive, it is inferred to be equal to 0. 166. 166. id="p-166" id="p-166" id="p-166" id="p-166" id="p-166" id="p-166" id="p-166" id="p-166" id="p-166" id="p-166" id="p-166"
id="p-166"
[00166] The variable DirectDependentLayerIdx[ i ][ j ], specifying the j-th direct dependent layer of the i-th layer, and the variable LayerUsedAsRefLayerFlag[ j ], specifying whether the layer with layer index j is used as a reference layer by any other layer, are derived as follows: for( i = 0; i <= vps_max_layers_minus1; i++ ) LayerUsedAsRefLayerFlag[ j ] = 0 for( i = 1; i < vps_max_layers_minus1; i++ ) if( !vps_independent_layer_flag[ i ] ) for( j = i − 1, k = 0; j >= 0; j− − ) if( vps_direct_dependency_flag[ i ][ j ] ) { DirectDependentLayerIdx[ i ][ k++ ] = j 41 LayerUsedAsRefLayerFlag[ j ] = 1 } 167. 167. id="p-167" id="p-167" id="p-167" id="p-167" id="p-167" id="p-167" id="p-167" id="p-167" id="p-167" id="p-167" id="p-167"
id="p-167"
[00167] The variable GeneralLayerIdx[ i ], specifying the layer index of the layer with nuh_layer_id equal to vps_layer_id[ i ], is derived as follows: for( i = 0; i <= vps_max_layers_minus1; i++ ) GeneralLayerIdx[ vps_layer_id[ i ] ] = i 168. 168. id="p-168" id="p-168" id="p-168" id="p-168" id="p-168" id="p-168" id="p-168" id="p-168" id="p-168" id="p-168" id="p-168"
id="p-168"
[00168] each_layer_is_an_ols_flag equal to 1 specifies that each output layer set contains only one layer and each layer itself in the bitstream is an output layer set with the single included layer being the only output layer. each_layer_is_an_ols_flag equal to 0 specifies that an output layer set may contain more than one layer. If vps_max_layers_minus1 is equal to 0, the value of each_layer_is_an_ols_flag is inferred to be equal to 1. Otherwise, when vps_all_independent_layers_flag is equal to 0, the value of each_layer_is_an_ols_flag is inferred to be equal to 0. 169. 169. id="p-169" id="p-169" id="p-169" id="p-169" id="p-169" id="p-169" id="p-169" id="p-169" id="p-169" id="p-169" id="p-169"
id="p-169"
[00169] ols_mode_idc equal to 0 specifies that the total number of OLSs specified by the VPS is equal to vps_max_layers_minus1 + 1, the i-th OLS includes the layers with layer indices from 0 to i, inclusive, and for each OLS only the highest layer in the OLS is output. ols_mode_idc equal to 1 specifies that the total number of OLSs specified by the VPS is equal to vps_max_layers_minus1 + 1, the i-th OLS includes the layers with layer indices from 0 to i, inclusive, and for each OLS all layers in the OLS are output. ols_mode_idc equal to 2 specifies that the total number of OLSs specified by the VPS is explicitly signaled and for each OLS the highest layer and an explicitly signaled set of lower layers in the OLS are output. The value of ols_mode_idc shall be in the range of 0 to 2, inclusive. The value 3 of ols_mode_idc is reserved for future use by ITU-T | ISO/IEC. When vps_all_independent_layers_flag is equal to 1 and each_layer_is_an_ols_flag is equal to 0, the value of ols_mode_idc is inferred to be equal to 2. 170. 170. id="p-170" id="p-170" id="p-170" id="p-170" id="p-170" id="p-170" id="p-170" id="p-170" id="p-170" id="p-170" id="p-170"
id="p-170"
[00170] num_output_layer_sets_minus1 plus 1 specifies the total number of OLSs specified by the VPS when ols_mode_idc is equal to 2. 171. 171. id="p-171" id="p-171" id="p-171" id="p-171" id="p-171" id="p-171" id="p-171" id="p-171" id="p-171" id="p-171" id="p-171"
id="p-171"
[00171] The variable TotalNumOlss, specifying the total number of OLSs specified by the VPS, is derived as follows: if( vps_max_layers_minus1 = = 0 ) TotalNumOlss = 1 else if( each_layer_is_an_ols_flag | | ols_mode_idc = = 0 | | ols_mode_idc = = 1 ) TotalNumOlss = vps_max_layers_minus1 + 1 42 else if( ols_mode_idc = = 2 ) TotalNumOlss = num_output_layer_sets_minus1 + 1 172. 172. id="p-172" id="p-172" id="p-172" id="p-172" id="p-172" id="p-172" id="p-172" id="p-172" id="p-172" id="p-172" id="p-172"
id="p-172"
[00172] layer_included_flag[ i ][ j ] specifies whether the j-th layer (i.e., the layer with nuh_layer_id equal to vps_layer_id[ j ]) is included in the i-th OLS when ols_mode_idc is equal to 2. layer_included_flag[ i ][ j ] equal to 1 specifies that the j-th layer is included in the i-th OLS. layer_included_flag[ i ][ j ] equal to 0 specifies the j-th layer is not included in the i- th OLS. 173. 173. id="p-173" id="p-173" id="p-173" id="p-173" id="p-173" id="p-173" id="p-173" id="p-173" id="p-173" id="p-173" id="p-173"
id="p-173"
[00173] The variable NumLayersInOls[ i ], specifying the number of layers in the i-th OLS, and the variable LayerIdInOls[ i ][ j ], specifying the nuh_layer_id value of the j-th layer in the i-th OLS, are derived as follows: NumLayersInOls[ 0 ] = 1 LayerIdInOls[ 0 ][ 0 ] = vps_layer_id[ 0 ] for( i = 1, i < TotalNumOlss; i++ ) { if( each_layer_is_an_ols_flag ) { NumLayersInOls[ i ] = 1 LayerIdInOls[ i ][ 0 ] = vps_layer_id[ i ] } else if( ols_mode_idc = = 0 | | ols_mode_idc = = 1 ) { NumLayersInOls[ i ] = i + 1 for( j = 0; j < NumLayersInOls[ i ]; j++ ) LayerIdInOls[ i ][ j ] = vps_layer_id[ j ] } else if( ols_mode_idc = = 2 ) { for( k = 0, j = 0; k <= vps_max_layers_minus1; k++ ) if( layer_included_flag[ i ][ k ] ) LayerIdInOls[ i ][ j++ ] = vps_layer_id[ k ] NumLayersInOls[ i ] = j } } 174. 174. id="p-174" id="p-174" id="p-174" id="p-174" id="p-174" id="p-174" id="p-174" id="p-174" id="p-174" id="p-174" id="p-174"
id="p-174"
[00174] The variable OlsLayeIdx[ i ][ j ], specifying the OLS layer index of the layer with nuh_layer_id equal to LayerIdInOls[ i ][ j ], is derived as follows: for( i = 0, i < TotalNumOlss; i++ ) for j = 0; j < NumLayersInOls[ i ]; j++ ) OlsLayeIdx[ i ][ LayerIdInOls[ i ][ j ] ] = j 175. 175. id="p-175" id="p-175" id="p-175" id="p-175" id="p-175" id="p-175" id="p-175" id="p-175" id="p-175" id="p-175" id="p-175"
id="p-175"
[00175] The lowest layer in each OLS shall be an independent layer. In other words, for each i in the range of 0 to TotalNumOlss − 1, inclusive, the value of vps_independent_layer_flag[ GeneralLayerIdx[ LayerIdInOls[ i ][ 0 ] ] ] shall be equal to 1. 43 176. 176. id="p-176" id="p-176" id="p-176" id="p-176" id="p-176" id="p-176" id="p-176" id="p-176" id="p-176" id="p-176" id="p-176"
id="p-176"
[00176] Each layer shall be included in at least one OLS specified by the VPS. In other words, for each layer with a particular value of nuh_layer_id nuhLayerId, equal to one of vps_layer_id[ k ] for k in the range of 0 to vps_max_layers_minus1, inclusive, there shall be at least one pair of values of i and j, where i is in the range of 0 to TotalNumOlss − 1, inclusive, and j is in the range of NumLayersInOls[ i ] − 1, inclusive, such that the value of LayerIdInOls[ i ][ j ] is equal to nuhLayerId. 177. 177. id="p-177" id="p-177" id="p-177" id="p-177" id="p-177" id="p-177" id="p-177" id="p-177" id="p-177" id="p-177" id="p-177"
id="p-177"
[00177] Any layer in an OLS shall be an output layer of the OLS or a (direct or indirect) reference layer of an output layer of the OLS. 178. 178. id="p-178" id="p-178" id="p-178" id="p-178" id="p-178" id="p-178" id="p-178" id="p-178" id="p-178" id="p-178" id="p-178"
id="p-178"
[00178] vps_output_layer_flag[ i ][ j ] specifies whether the j-th layer in the i-th OLS is output when ols_mode_idc is equal to 2. vps_output_layer_flag[ i ] equal to 1 specifies that the j-th layer in the i-th OLS is output. vps_output_layer_flag[ i ] equal to 0 specifies that the j-th layer in the i-th OLS is not output. When vps_all_independent_layers_flag is equal to 1 and each_layer_is_an_ols_flag is equal to 0, the value of vps_output_layer_flag[ i ] is inferred to be equal to 1. 179. 179. id="p-179" id="p-179" id="p-179" id="p-179" id="p-179" id="p-179" id="p-179" id="p-179" id="p-179" id="p-179" id="p-179"
id="p-179"
[00179] The variable OutputLayerFlag[ i ][ j ], for which the value 1 specifies that the j- th layer in the i-th OLS is output and the value 0 specifies that the j-th layer in the i-th OLS is not output, is derived as follows: for( i = 0, i < TotalNumOlss; i++ ) { OutputLayerFlag[ i ][ NumLayersInOls[ i ] − 1 ] = 1 for( j = 0; j < NumLayersInOls[ i ] − 1; j++ ) if( ols_mode_idc[ i ] = = 0 ) OutputLayerFlag[ i ][ j ] = 0 else if( ols_mode_idc[ i ] = = 1 ) OutputLayerFlag[ i ][ j ] = 1 else if( ols_mode_idc[ i ] = = 2 ) OutputLayerFlag[ i ][ j ] = vps_output_layer_flag[ i ][ j ] } 180. 180. id="p-180" id="p-180" id="p-180" id="p-180" id="p-180" id="p-180" id="p-180" id="p-180" id="p-180" id="p-180" id="p-180"
id="p-180"
[00180] NOTE – The 0-th OLS contains only the lowest layer (i.e., the layer with nuh_layer_id equal to vps_layer_id[ 0 ]) and for the 0-th OLS the only included layer is output. 181. 181. id="p-181" id="p-181" id="p-181" id="p-181" id="p-181" id="p-181" id="p-181" id="p-181" id="p-181" id="p-181" id="p-181"
id="p-181"
[00181] vps_num_ptls specifies the number of profile_tier_level( ) syntax structures in the VPS. 182. 182. id="p-182" id="p-182" id="p-182" id="p-182" id="p-182" id="p-182" id="p-182" id="p-182" id="p-182" id="p-182" id="p-182"
id="p-182"
[00182] pt_present_flag[ i ] equal to 1 specifies that profile, tier, and general constraints information are present in the i-th profile_tier_level( ) syntax structure in the VPS. pt_present_flag[ i ] equal to 0 specifies that profile, tier, and general constraints information 44 are not present in the i-th profile_tier_level( ) syntax structure in the VPS. The value of pt_present_flag[ 0 ] is inferred to be equal to 0. When pt_present_flag[ i ] is equal to 0, the profile, tier, and general constraints information for the i-th profile_tier_level( ) syntax structure in the VPS are inferred to be the same as that for the ( i − 1 )-th profile_tier_level( ) syntax structure in the VPS. 183. 183. id="p-183" id="p-183" id="p-183" id="p-183" id="p-183" id="p-183" id="p-183" id="p-183" id="p-183" id="p-183" id="p-183"
id="p-183"
[00183] ptl_max_temporal_id[ i ] specifies the TemporalId of the highest sub-layer representation for which the level information is present in the i-th profile_tier_level( ) syntax structure in the VPS. The value of ptl_max_temporal_id[ i ] shall be in the range of 0 to vps_max_sub_layers_minus1, inclusive. When vps_max_sub_layers_minus1 is equal to 0, the value of ptl_max_temporal_id[ i ] is inferred to be equal to 0. When vps_max_sub_layers_minus1 is greater than 0 and vps_all_layers_same_num_sub_layers_flag is equal to 1, the value of ptl_max_temporal_id[ i ] is inferred to be equal to vps_max_sub_layers_minus1. 184. 184. id="p-184" id="p-184" id="p-184" id="p-184" id="p-184" id="p-184" id="p-184" id="p-184" id="p-184" id="p-184" id="p-184"
id="p-184"
[00184] vps_ptl_byte_alignment_zero_bit shall be equal to 0. 185. 185. id="p-185" id="p-185" id="p-185" id="p-185" id="p-185" id="p-185" id="p-185" id="p-185" id="p-185" id="p-185" id="p-185"
id="p-185"
[00185] ols_ptl_idx[ i ] specifies the index, to the list of profile_tier_level( ) syntax structures in the VPS, of the profile_tier_level( ) syntax structure that applies to the i-th OLS.
When present, the value of ols_ptl_idx[ i ] shall be in the range of 0 to vps_num_ptls − 1, inclusive. 186. 186. id="p-186" id="p-186" id="p-186" id="p-186" id="p-186" id="p-186" id="p-186" id="p-186" id="p-186" id="p-186" id="p-186"
id="p-186"
[00186] When NumLayersInOls[ i ] is equal to 1, the profile_tier_level( ) syntax structure that applies to the i-th OLS is present in the SPS referred to by the layer in the i-th OLS. 187. 187. id="p-187" id="p-187" id="p-187" id="p-187" id="p-187" id="p-187" id="p-187" id="p-187" id="p-187" id="p-187" id="p-187"
id="p-187"
[00187] vps_num_dpb_params specifies the number of dpb_parameters( ) syntax strutcures in the VPS. The value of vps_num_dpb_params shall be in the range of 0 to 16, inclusive. When not present, the value of vps_num_dpb_params is inferred to be equal to 0. 188. 188. id="p-188" id="p-188" id="p-188" id="p-188" id="p-188" id="p-188" id="p-188" id="p-188" id="p-188" id="p-188" id="p-188"
id="p-188"
[00188] same_dpb_size_output_or_nonoutput_flag equal to 1 specifies that there is no layer_nonoutput_dpb_params_idx[ i ] syntax element present in the VPS. same_dpb_size_output_or_nonoutput_flag equal to 0 specifies that there may or may not be layer_nonoutput_dpb_params_idx[ i ] syntax elements present in the VPS. 189. 189. id="p-189" id="p-189" id="p-189" id="p-189" id="p-189" id="p-189" id="p-189" id="p-189" id="p-189" id="p-189" id="p-189"
id="p-189"
[00189] vps_sub_layer_dpb_params_present_flag is used to control the presence of max_dec_pic_buffering_minus1[ ], max_num_reorder_pics[ ], and max_latency_increase_plus1[ ] syntax elements in the dpb_parameters( ) syntax strucures in the VPS. When not present, vps_sub_dpb_params_info_present_flag is inferred to be equal to 0. 45 190. 190. id="p-190" id="p-190" id="p-190" id="p-190" id="p-190" id="p-190" id="p-190" id="p-190" id="p-190" id="p-190" id="p-190"
id="p-190"
[00190] dpb_size_only_flag[ i ] equal to 1 specifies that the max_num_reorder_pics[ ] and max_latency_increase_plus1[ ] syntax elements are not present in the i-th dpb_parameters( ) syntax strucures the VPS. dpb_size_only_flag[ i ] equal to 1 specifies that the max_num_reorder_pics[ ] and max_latency_increase_plus1[ ] syntax elements may be present in the i-th dpb_parameters( ) syntax strucures the VPS. 191. 191. id="p-191" id="p-191" id="p-191" id="p-191" id="p-191" id="p-191" id="p-191" id="p-191" id="p-191" id="p-191" id="p-191"
id="p-191"
[00191] dpb_max_temporal_id[ i ] specifies the TemporalId of the highest sub-layer representation for which the DPB parameters may be present in the i-th dpb_parameters( ) syntax strutcure in the VPS. The value of dpb_max_temporal_id[ i ] shall be in the range of 0 to vps_max_sub_layers_minus1, inclusive. When vps_max_sub_layers_minus1 is equal to 0, the value of dpb_max_temporal_id[ i ] is inferred to be equal to 0. When vps_max_sub_layers_minus1 is greater than 0 and vps_all_layers_same_num_sub_layers_flag is equal to 1, the value of dpb_max_temporal_id[ i ] is inferred to be equal to vps_max_sub_layers_minus1. 192. 192. id="p-192" id="p-192" id="p-192" id="p-192" id="p-192" id="p-192" id="p-192" id="p-192" id="p-192" id="p-192" id="p-192"
id="p-192"
[00192] layer_output_dpb_params_idx[ i ] specifies the index, to the list of dpb_parameters( ) syntax structures in the VPS, of the dpb_parameters( ) syntax structure that applies to the i-th layer when it is an output layer in an OLS. When present, the value of layer_output_dpb_params_idx[ i ] shall be in the range of 0 to vps_num_dpb_params − 1, inclusive. 193. 193. id="p-193" id="p-193" id="p-193" id="p-193" id="p-193" id="p-193" id="p-193" id="p-193" id="p-193" id="p-193" id="p-193"
id="p-193"
[00193] If vps_independent_layer_flag[ i ] is equal to 1, the dpb_parameters( ) syntax structure that applies to the i-th layer when it is an output layer is the dpb_parameters( ) syntax structure present in the SPS referred to by the layer. 194. 194. id="p-194" id="p-194" id="p-194" id="p-194" id="p-194" id="p-194" id="p-194" id="p-194" id="p-194" id="p-194" id="p-194"
id="p-194"
[00194] Otherwise (vps_independent_layer_flag[ i ] is equal to 0), the following applies: 195. 195. id="p-195" id="p-195" id="p-195" id="p-195" id="p-195" id="p-195" id="p-195" id="p-195" id="p-195" id="p-195" id="p-195"
id="p-195"
[00195] When vps_num_dpb_params is equal to 1, the value of layer_output_dpb_params_idx[ i ] is inferred to be equal to 0. 196. 196. id="p-196" id="p-196" id="p-196" id="p-196" id="p-196" id="p-196" id="p-196" id="p-196" id="p-196" id="p-196" id="p-196"
id="p-196"
[00196] It is a requirement of bitstream conformance that the value of layer_output_dpb_params_idx[ i ] shall be such that dpb_size_only_flag[ layer_output_dpb_params_idx[ i ] ] is equal to 0. 197. 197. id="p-197" id="p-197" id="p-197" id="p-197" id="p-197" id="p-197" id="p-197" id="p-197" id="p-197" id="p-197" id="p-197"
id="p-197"
[00197] layer_nonoutput_dpb_params_idx[ i ] specifies the index, to the list of dpb_parameters( ) syntax structures in the VPS, of the dpb_parameters( ) syntax structure that applies to the i-th layer when it is a non-output layer in an OLS. When present, the value of layer_nonoutput_dpb_params_idx[ i ] shall be in the range of 0 to vps_num_dpb_params − 1, inclusive. 46 198. 198. id="p-198" id="p-198" id="p-198" id="p-198" id="p-198" id="p-198" id="p-198" id="p-198" id="p-198" id="p-198" id="p-198"
id="p-198"
[00198] If same_dpb_size_output_or_nonoutput_flag is equal to 1, the following applies: 199. 199. id="p-199" id="p-199" id="p-199" id="p-199" id="p-199" id="p-199" id="p-199" id="p-199" id="p-199" id="p-199" id="p-199"
id="p-199"
[00199] If vps_independent_layer_flag[ i ] is equal to 1, the dpb_parameters( ) syntax structure that applies to the i-th layer when it is a non-output layer is the dpb_parameters( ) syntax structure present in the SPS referred to by the layer. 200. 200. id="p-200" id="p-200" id="p-200" id="p-200" id="p-200" id="p-200" id="p-200" id="p-200" id="p-200" id="p-200" id="p-200"
id="p-200"
[00200] Otherwise (vps_independent_layer_flag[ i ] is equal to 0), the value of layer_nonoutput_dpb_params_idx[ i ] is inferred to be equal to layer_output_dpb_params_idx[ i ]. 201. 201. id="p-201" id="p-201" id="p-201" id="p-201" id="p-201" id="p-201" id="p-201" id="p-201" id="p-201" id="p-201" id="p-201"
id="p-201"
[00201] Otherwise (same_dpb_size_output_or_nonoutput_flag is equal to 0), when vps_num_dpb_params is equal to 1, the value of layer_output_dpb_params_idx[ i ] is inferred to be equal to 0. 202. 202. id="p-202" id="p-202" id="p-202" id="p-202" id="p-202" id="p-202" id="p-202" id="p-202" id="p-202" id="p-202" id="p-202"
id="p-202"
[00202] vps_extension_flag equal to 0 specifies that no vps_extension_data_flag syntax elements are present in the VPS RBSP syntax structure. vps_extension_flag equal to 1 specifies that there are vps_extension_data_flag syntax elements present in the VPS RBSP syntax structure. 203. 203. id="p-203" id="p-203" id="p-203" id="p-203" id="p-203" id="p-203" id="p-203" id="p-203" id="p-203" id="p-203" id="p-203"
id="p-203"
[00203] vps_extension_data_flag may have any value. Its presence and value do not affect decoder conformance to profiles specified in this version of this Specification. Decoders conforming to this version of this Specification shall ignore all vps_extension_data_flag syntax elements. 204. 204. id="p-204" id="p-204" id="p-204" id="p-204" id="p-204" id="p-204" id="p-204" id="p-204" id="p-204" id="p-204" id="p-204"
id="p-204"
[00204] The SPS RBSP semantics are as follows. 205. 205. id="p-205" id="p-205" id="p-205" id="p-205" id="p-205" id="p-205" id="p-205" id="p-205" id="p-205" id="p-205" id="p-205"
id="p-205"
[00205] An SPS RBSP shall be available to the decoding process prior to it being referenced, included in at least one access unit with TemporalId equal to 0 or provided through external means, and the SPS NAL unit containing the SPS RBSP shall have nuh_layer_id equal to the lowest nuh_layer_id value of PPS NAL units that refer to it. 206. 206. id="p-206" id="p-206" id="p-206" id="p-206" id="p-206" id="p-206" id="p-206" id="p-206" id="p-206" id="p-206" id="p-206"
id="p-206"
[00206] All SPS NAL units with a particular value of sps_seq_parameter_set_id in a CVS shall have the same content. 207. 207. id="p-207" id="p-207" id="p-207" id="p-207" id="p-207" id="p-207" id="p-207" id="p-207" id="p-207" id="p-207" id="p-207"
id="p-207"
[00207] sps_decoding_parameter_set_id, when greater than 0, specifies the value of dps_decoding_parameter_set_id for the DPS referred to by the SPS. When sps_decoding_parameter_set_id is equal to 0, the SPS does not refer to a DPS and no DPS is referred to when decoding each CLVS referring to the SPS. The value of sps_decoding_parameter_set_id shall be the same in all SPSs that are referred to by coded pictures in a bitstream. 208. 208. id="p-208" id="p-208" id="p-208" id="p-208" id="p-208" id="p-208" id="p-208" id="p-208" id="p-208" id="p-208" id="p-208"
id="p-208"
[00208] sps_video_parameter_set_id, when greater than 0, specifies the value of vps_video_parameter_set_id for the VPS referred to by the SPS. When 47 sps_video_parameter_set_id is equal to 0, the SPS does not refer to a VPS and no VPS is referred to when decoding each CLVS referring to the SPS, and the value of GeneralLayerIdx[ nuh_layer_id ] is inferred to be equal to 0, and the value of vps_independent_layer_flag[ GeneralLayerIdx[ nuh_layer_id ] ] is inferred to be equal to 1. 209. 209. id="p-209" id="p-209" id="p-209" id="p-209" id="p-209" id="p-209" id="p-209" id="p-209" id="p-209" id="p-209" id="p-209"
id="p-209"
[00209] When vps_independent_layer_flag[ GeneralLayerIdx[ nuh_layer_id ] ] is equal to 1, the SPS referred to by a CLVS with a particluar nuh_layer_id value nuhLayerId shall have nuh_layer_id equal to nuhLayerId. 210. 210. id="p-210" id="p-210" id="p-210" id="p-210" id="p-210" id="p-210" id="p-210" id="p-210" id="p-210" id="p-210" id="p-210"
id="p-210"
[00210] sps_max_sub_layers_minus1 plus 1 specifies the maximum number of temporal sub-layers that may be present in each CLVS referring to the SPS. The value of sps_max_sub_layers_minus1 shall be in the range of 0 to vps_max_sub_layers_minus1, inclusive. 211. 211. id="p-211" id="p-211" id="p-211" id="p-211" id="p-211" id="p-211" id="p-211" id="p-211" id="p-211" id="p-211" id="p-211"
id="p-211"
[00211] sps_reserved_zero_4bits shall be equal to 0 in bitstreams conforming to this version of this Specification. Other values for sps_reserved_zero_4bits are reserved for future use by ITU-T | ISO/IEC. 212. 212. id="p-212" id="p-212" id="p-212" id="p-212" id="p-212" id="p-212" id="p-212" id="p-212" id="p-212" id="p-212" id="p-212"
id="p-212"
[00212] sps_ptl_dpb_present_flag equal to 1 specifies that a profile_tier_level( ) syntax structure and a dpb_parameters( ) syntax structure are present in the SPS. sps_ptl_dpb_present_flag equal to 0 specifies that no profile_tier_level( ) syntax structure and no dpb_parameters( ) syntax structure are present in the SPS. The value of sps_ptl_dpb_present_flag shall be equal to vps_independent_layer_flag[ nuh_layer_id ]. 213. 213. id="p-213" id="p-213" id="p-213" id="p-213" id="p-213" id="p-213" id="p-213" id="p-213" id="p-213" id="p-213" id="p-213"
id="p-213"
[00213] If vps_independent_layer_flag[ GeneralLayerIdx[ nuh_layer_id ] ] is equal equal to 1, the variable MaxDecPicBuffMinus1 is set equal to max_dec_pic_buffering_minus1[ sps_max_sub_layers_minus1 ] in the dpb_parameters( ) syntax structure in the SPS. Otherwise, MaxDecPicBuffMinus1 is set equal to max_dec_pic_buffering_minus1[ sps_max_sub_layers_minus1 ] in the layer_nonoutput_dpb_params_idx[ GeneralLayerIdx[ nuh_layer_id ] ]-th dpb_parameters( ) syntax structure in the VPS. 214. 214. id="p-214" id="p-214" id="p-214" id="p-214" id="p-214" id="p-214" id="p-214" id="p-214" id="p-214" id="p-214" id="p-214"
id="p-214"
[00214] gdr_enabled_flag equal to 1 specifies that gradual decoding refresh (GDR) pictures may be present in CLVSs referring to the SPS. gdr_enabled_flag equal to 0 specifies that GDR pictures are not present in CLVSs referring to the SPS. 215. 215. id="p-215" id="p-215" id="p-215" id="p-215" id="p-215" id="p-215" id="p-215" id="p-215" id="p-215" id="p-215" id="p-215"
id="p-215"
[00215] sps_sub_layer_dpb_params_flag is used to control the presence of max_dec_pic_buffering_minus1[ i ], max_num_reorder_pics[ i ], and max_latency_increase_plus1[ i ] syntax elements in the dpb_parameters( ) syntax strucure in the SPS. When not present, sps_sub_dpb_params_info_present_flag is inferred to be equal to 0. 48 216. 216. id="p-216" id="p-216" id="p-216" id="p-216" id="p-216" id="p-216" id="p-216" id="p-216" id="p-216" id="p-216" id="p-216"
id="p-216"
[00216] long_term_ref_pics_flag equal to 0 specifies that no LTRP is used for inter prediction of any coded picture in the CLVS. long_term_ref_pics_flag equal to 1 specifies that LTRPs may be used for inter prediction of one or more coded pictures in the CLVS. 217. 217. id="p-217" id="p-217" id="p-217" id="p-217" id="p-217" id="p-217" id="p-217" id="p-217" id="p-217" id="p-217" id="p-217"
id="p-217"
[00217] The general profile, tier, and level semantics are as follows. 218. 218. id="p-218" id="p-218" id="p-218" id="p-218" id="p-218" id="p-218" id="p-218" id="p-218" id="p-218" id="p-218" id="p-218"
id="p-218"
[00218] A profile_tier_level( ) syntax structure provides level information and, optionally, profile, tier, sub-profile, and general constraints information (denoted as PT information). 219. 219. id="p-219" id="p-219" id="p-219" id="p-219" id="p-219" id="p-219" id="p-219" id="p-219" id="p-219" id="p-219" id="p-219"
id="p-219"
[00219] When the profile_tier_level( ) syntax structure is included in a DPS, the OlsInScope is the OLS that includes all layers in the entire bitstream that refers to the DPS.
When the profile_tier_level( ) syntax structure is included in a VPS, the OlsInScope is one or more OLSs specified by the VPS. When the profile_tier_level( ) syntax structure is included in an SPS, the OlsInScope is the OLS that includes only the layer that is the lowest layer among the layers that refer to the SPS, which shall be an independent layer. 220. 220. id="p-220" id="p-220" id="p-220" id="p-220" id="p-220" id="p-220" id="p-220" id="p-220" id="p-220" id="p-220" id="p-220"
id="p-220"
[00220] general_profile_idc indicates a profile to which OlsInScope conforms as specified in Annex A of the VVC standard. Bitstreams shall not contain values of general_profile_idc other than those specified in Annex A. Other values of general_profile_idc are reserved for future use by ITU-T | ISO/IEC. 221. 221. id="p-221" id="p-221" id="p-221" id="p-221" id="p-221" id="p-221" id="p-221" id="p-221" id="p-221" id="p-221" id="p-221"
id="p-221"
[00221] general_tier_flag specifies the tier context for the interpretation of general_level_idc as specified in Annex A. 222. 222. id="p-222" id="p-222" id="p-222" id="p-222" id="p-222" id="p-222" id="p-222" id="p-222" id="p-222" id="p-222" id="p-222"
id="p-222"
[00222] num_sub_profiles specifies the number of the general_sub_profile_idc[ i ] syntax elements. 223. 223. id="p-223" id="p-223" id="p-223" id="p-223" id="p-223" id="p-223" id="p-223" id="p-223" id="p-223" id="p-223" id="p-223"
id="p-223"
[00223] general_sub_profile_idc[ i ] indicates the i-th interoperability metadata registered as specified by Recommendation ITU-T T.35, the contents of which are not specified in the VVC standard. 224. 224. id="p-224" id="p-224" id="p-224" id="p-224" id="p-224" id="p-224" id="p-224" id="p-224" id="p-224" id="p-224" id="p-224"
id="p-224"
[00224] general_level_idc indicates a level to which OlsInScope conforms as specified in Annex A. Bitstreams shall not contain values of general_level_idc other than those specified in Annex A. Other values of general_level_idc are reserved for future use by ITU-T | ISO/IEC. 225. 225. id="p-225" id="p-225" id="p-225" id="p-225" id="p-225" id="p-225" id="p-225" id="p-225" id="p-225" id="p-225" id="p-225"
id="p-225"
[00225] NOTE 1 – A greater value of general_level_idc indicates a higher level. The maximum level signaled in the DPS for OlsInScope may be higher than the level signaled in the SPS for a CVS contained within OlsInScope. 226. 226. id="p-226" id="p-226" id="p-226" id="p-226" id="p-226" id="p-226" id="p-226" id="p-226" id="p-226" id="p-226" id="p-226"
id="p-226"
[00226] NOTE 2 – When OlsInScope conforms to multiple profiles, general_profile_idc should indicate the profile that provides the preferred decoded result or the preferred bitstream identification, as determined by the encoder (in a manner not specified in this Specification). 49 227. 227. id="p-227" id="p-227" id="p-227" id="p-227" id="p-227" id="p-227" id="p-227" id="p-227" id="p-227" id="p-227" id="p-227"
id="p-227"
[00227] NOTE 3 – When the profile_tier_level( ) syntax structure included in a DPS and CVSs of OlsInScope conform to different profiles, general_profile_idc and level_idc should indicate the profile and level for a decoder that is capable of decoding OlsInScope. 228. 228. id="p-228" id="p-228" id="p-228" id="p-228" id="p-228" id="p-228" id="p-228" id="p-228" id="p-228" id="p-228" id="p-228"
id="p-228"
[00228] sub_layer_level_present_flag[ i ] equal to 1 specifies that level information is present in the profile_tier_level( ) syntax structure for the sub-layer representation with TemporalId equal to i. sub_layer_level_present_flag[ i ] equal to 0 specifies that level information is not present in the profile_tier_level( ) syntax structure for the sub-layer representation with TemporalId equal to i. 229. 229. id="p-229" id="p-229" id="p-229" id="p-229" id="p-229" id="p-229" id="p-229" id="p-229" id="p-229" id="p-229" id="p-229"
id="p-229"
[00229] ptl_alignment_zero_bits shall be equal to 0. 230. 230. id="p-230" id="p-230" id="p-230" id="p-230" id="p-230" id="p-230" id="p-230" id="p-230" id="p-230" id="p-230" id="p-230"
id="p-230"
[00230] The semantics of the syntax element sub_layer_level_idc[ i ] is, apart from the specification of the inference of not present values, the same as the syntax element general_level_idc, but applies to the sub-layer representation with TemporalId equal to i. 231. 231. id="p-231" id="p-231" id="p-231" id="p-231" id="p-231" id="p-231" id="p-231" id="p-231" id="p-231" id="p-231" id="p-231"
id="p-231"
[00231] The DPB semantics are as follows. 232. 232. id="p-232" id="p-232" id="p-232" id="p-232" id="p-232" id="p-232" id="p-232" id="p-232" id="p-232" id="p-232" id="p-232"
id="p-232"
[00232] The dpb_parameters( maxSubLayersMinus1, subLayerInfoFlag ) syntax structure provides information of DPB size, maximum picture reorder number, and maximum latency for each CLVS of the CVS. 233. 233. id="p-233" id="p-233" id="p-233" id="p-233" id="p-233" id="p-233" id="p-233" id="p-233" id="p-233" id="p-233" id="p-233"
id="p-233"
[00233] When a dpb_parameters( ) syntax structure is included in a VPS, the OLSs to which the dpb_parameters( ) syntax structure applies are specified by the VPS. When a dpb_parameters( ) syntax structure is included in an SPS, it applies to the OLS that includes only the layer that is the lowest layer among the layers that refer to the SPS, which shall be an independent layer. 234. 234. id="p-234" id="p-234" id="p-234" id="p-234" id="p-234" id="p-234" id="p-234" id="p-234" id="p-234" id="p-234" id="p-234"
id="p-234"
[00234] max_dec_pic_buffering_minus1[ i ] plus 1 specifies, for each CLVS of the CVS, the maximum required size of the decoded picture buffer in units of picture storage buffers when Htid is equal to i. The value of max_dec_pic_buffering_minus1[ i ] shall be in the range of 0 to MaxDpbSize − 1, inclusive, where MaxDpbSize is as specified somewhere else. When i is greater than 0, max_dec_pic_buffering_minus1[ i ] shall be greater than or equal to max_dec_pic_buffering_minus1[ i − 1 ]. When max_dec_pic_buffering_minus1[ i ] is not present for i in the range of 0 to maxSubLayersMinus1 − 1, inclusive, due to subLayerInfoFlag being equal to 0, it is inferred to be equal to max_dec_pic_buffering_minus1[ maxSubLayersMinus1 ]. 235. 235. id="p-235" id="p-235" id="p-235" id="p-235" id="p-235" id="p-235" id="p-235" id="p-235" id="p-235" id="p-235" id="p-235"
id="p-235"
[00235] max_num_reorder_pics[ i ] specifies, for each CLVS of the CVS, the maximum allowed number of pictures of the CLVS that can precede any picture in the CLVS in decoding order and follow that picture in output order when Htid is equal to i. The value of max_num_reorder_pics[ i ] shall be in the range of 0 to max_dec_pic_buffering_minus1[ i ], 50 inclusive. When i is greater than 0, max_num_reorder_pics[ i ] shall be greater than or equal to max_num_reorder_pics[ i − 1 ]. When max_num_reorder_pics[ i ] is not present for i in the range of 0 to maxSubLayersMinus1 − 1, inclusive, due to subLayerInfoFlag being equal to 0, it is inferred to be equal to max_num_reorder_pics[ maxSubLayersMinus1 ]. 236. 236. id="p-236" id="p-236" id="p-236" id="p-236" id="p-236" id="p-236" id="p-236" id="p-236" id="p-236" id="p-236" id="p-236"
id="p-236"
[00236] max_latency_increase_plus1[ i ] not equal to 0 is used to compute the value of MaxLatencyPictures[ i ], which specifies, for each CLVS of the CVS, the maximum number of pictures in the CLVS that can precede any picture in the CLVS in output order and follow that picture in decoding order when Htid is equal to i. 237. 237. id="p-237" id="p-237" id="p-237" id="p-237" id="p-237" id="p-237" id="p-237" id="p-237" id="p-237" id="p-237" id="p-237"
id="p-237"
[00237] When max_latency_increase_plus1[ i ] is not equal to 0, the value of MaxLatencyPictures[ i ] is specified as follows: MaxLatencyPictures[ i ] = max_num_reorder_pics[ i ] + max_latency_increase_ plus1[ i ] − 1 238. 238. id="p-238" id="p-238" id="p-238" id="p-238" id="p-238" id="p-238" id="p-238" id="p-238" id="p-238" id="p-238" id="p-238"
id="p-238"
[00238] When max_latency_increase_plus1[ i ] is equal to 0, no corresponding limit is expressed. 239. 239. id="p-239" id="p-239" id="p-239" id="p-239" id="p-239" id="p-239" id="p-239" id="p-239" id="p-239" id="p-239" id="p-239"
id="p-239"
[00239] The value of max_latency_increase_plus1[ i ] shall be in the range of 0 to 232 − 2, inclusive. When max_latency_increase_plus1[ i ] is not present for i in the range of 0 to maxSubLayersMinus1 − 1, inclusive, due to subLayerInfoFlag being equal to 0, it is inferred to be equal to max_latency_increase_plus1[ maxSubLayersMinus1 ]. 240. 240. id="p-240" id="p-240" id="p-240" id="p-240" id="p-240" id="p-240" id="p-240" id="p-240" id="p-240" id="p-240" id="p-240"
id="p-240"
[00240] The HRD parameters semantics include general HRD parameters semantics. 241. 241. id="p-241" id="p-241" id="p-241" id="p-241" id="p-241" id="p-241" id="p-241" id="p-241" id="p-241" id="p-241" id="p-241"
id="p-241"
[00241] The general HRD parameters semantics are as follows. 242. 242. id="p-242" id="p-242" id="p-242" id="p-242" id="p-242" id="p-242" id="p-242" id="p-242" id="p-242" id="p-242" id="p-242"
id="p-242"
[00242] The general_hrd_parameters( ) syntax structure provides HRD parameters used in the HRD operations. 243. 243. id="p-243" id="p-243" id="p-243" id="p-243" id="p-243" id="p-243" id="p-243" id="p-243" id="p-243" id="p-243" id="p-243"
id="p-243"
[00243] num_ols_hrd_params_minus1 plus 1 specifies the number of ols_hrd_parameters( ) syntax structures present in the general_hrd_parameters( ) syntax structure. The value of num_ols_hrd_params_minus1 shall be in the range of 0 to 63, inclusive. When TotalNumOlss is greater than 1, the value of num_ols_hrd_params_minus1 is inferred to be equal to 0. 244. 244. id="p-244" id="p-244" id="p-244" id="p-244" id="p-244" id="p-244" id="p-244" id="p-244" id="p-244" id="p-244" id="p-244"
id="p-244"
[00244] hrd_cpb_cnt_minus1 plus 1 specifies the number of alternative CPB specifications in the bitstream of the CVS. The value of hrd_cpb_cnt_minus1 shall be in the range of 0 to 31, inclusive. 245. 245. id="p-245" id="p-245" id="p-245" id="p-245" id="p-245" id="p-245" id="p-245" id="p-245" id="p-245" id="p-245" id="p-245"
id="p-245"
[00245] hrd_max_temporal_id[ i ] specifies the TemporalId of the highest sub-layer representation for which the HRD parameters are contained in the i-th layer_level_hrd_parameters( ) syntax structure. The value of hrd_max_temporal_id[ i ] shall be in the range of 0 to vps_max_sub_layers_minus1, inclusive. When 51 vps_max_sub_layers_minus1 is equal to 0, the value of hrd_max_temporal_id[ i ] is inferred to be equal to 0. 246. 246. id="p-246" id="p-246" id="p-246" id="p-246" id="p-246" id="p-246" id="p-246" id="p-246" id="p-246" id="p-246" id="p-246"
id="p-246"
[00246] ols_hrd_idx[ i ] specifies the index of the ols_hrd_parameters( ) syntax structure that applies to the i-th OLS. The value of ols_hrd_idx[[ i ] shall be in the range of 0 to num_ols_hrd_params_minus1, inclusive. When not present, the value of ols_hrd_idx[[ i ] is inferred to be equal to 0. 247. 247. id="p-247" id="p-247" id="p-247" id="p-247" id="p-247" id="p-247" id="p-247" id="p-247" id="p-247" id="p-247" id="p-247"
id="p-247"
[00247] The reference picture list structure semantics are as follows. 248. 248. id="p-248" id="p-248" id="p-248" id="p-248" id="p-248" id="p-248" id="p-248" id="p-248" id="p-248" id="p-248" id="p-248"
id="p-248"
[00248] The ref_pic_list_struct( listIdx, rplsIdx ) syntax structure may be present in an SPS or in a slice header. Depending on whether the syntax structure is included in a slice header or an SPS, the following applies: 249. 249. id="p-249" id="p-249" id="p-249" id="p-249" id="p-249" id="p-249" id="p-249" id="p-249" id="p-249" id="p-249" id="p-249"
id="p-249"
[00249] – If present in a slice header, the ref_pic_list_struct( listIdx, rplsIdx ) syntax structure specifies reference picture list listIdx of the current picture (the picture containing the slice). 250. 250. id="p-250" id="p-250" id="p-250" id="p-250" id="p-250" id="p-250" id="p-250" id="p-250" id="p-250" id="p-250" id="p-250"
id="p-250"
[00250] – Otherwise (present in an SPS), the ref_pic_list_struct( listIdx, rplsIdx ) syntax structure specifies a candidate for reference picture list listIdx, and the term "the current picture" in the semantics specified in the remainder of this clause refers to each picture that 1) has one or more slices containing ref_pic_list_idx[ listIdx ] equal to an index into the list of the ref_pic_list_struct( listIdx, rplsIdx ) syntax structures included in the SPS, and 2) is in a CVS that refers to the SPS. 251. 251. id="p-251" id="p-251" id="p-251" id="p-251" id="p-251" id="p-251" id="p-251" id="p-251" id="p-251" id="p-251" id="p-251"
id="p-251"
[00251] num_ref_entries[ listIdx ][ rplsIdx ] specifies the number of entries in the ref_pic_list_struct( listIdx, rplsIdx ) syntax structure. The value of num_ref_entries[ listIdx ][ rplsIdx ] shall be in the range of 0 to MaxDecPicBuffMinus1 + 14, inclusive. 252. 252. id="p-252" id="p-252" id="p-252" id="p-252" id="p-252" id="p-252" id="p-252" id="p-252" id="p-252" id="p-252" id="p-252"
id="p-252"
[00252] The DCI 802, the VPS 804, the SPS 806, and the PPS 808 are contained in different types of Network Abstraction Layer (NAL) units. A NAL unit is a syntax structure containing an indication of the type of data to follow (e.g., coded video data). NAL units are classified into video coding layer (VCL) and non-VCL NAL units. The VCL NAL units contain the data that represents the values of the samples in the video pictures, and the non-VCL NAL units contain any associated additional information such as parameter sets (important data that can apply to a number of VCL NAL units) and supplemental enhancement information (timing information and other supplemental data that may enhance usability of the decoded video signal but are not necessary for decoding the values of the samples in the video pictures). 52 253. 253. id="p-253" id="p-253" id="p-253" id="p-253" id="p-253" id="p-253" id="p-253" id="p-253" id="p-253" id="p-253" id="p-253"
id="p-253"
[00253] In an embodiment, the DCI 802 is contained in a non-VCL NAL unit designated as a DCI NAL unit or a DPS NAL unit. That is, the DCI NAL unit has a DCI NAL unit type (NUT) and the DPS NAL unit has a DPS NUT. In an embodiment, the VPS 804 is contained in a non-VCL NAL unit designated as a VPS NAL unit. Therefore, the VPS NAL unit has a VPS NUT. In an embodiment, the SPS 806 is a non-VCL NAL unit designated as a SPS NAL unit.
Therefore, the SPS NAL unit has an SPS NUT. In an embodiment, the PPS 808 is contained in a non-VCL NAL unit designated as a PPS NAL unit. Therefore, the PPS NAL unit has a PPS NUT. 254. 254. id="p-254" id="p-254" id="p-254" id="p-254" id="p-254" id="p-254" id="p-254" id="p-254" id="p-254" id="p-254" id="p-254"
id="p-254"
[00254] The PH 812 is a syntax structure containing syntax elements that apply to all slices (e.g., slices 818) of a coded picture (e.g., picture 814). In an embodiment, the PH 812 is in a new type of non-VCL NAL unit designated as a PH NAL unit. Therefore, the PH NAL unit has a PH NUT (e.g., PH_NUT). In an embodiment, there is one and only one PH 812 included in each PU 801. That is, the PU 801 contains a single or lone PH 812. In an embodiment, exactly one PH NAL unit is present for each picture 814 in the bitstream 800. 255. 255. id="p-255" id="p-255" id="p-255" id="p-255" id="p-255" id="p-255" id="p-255" id="p-255" id="p-255" id="p-255" id="p-255"
id="p-255"
[00255] The picture 814 is an array of luma samples in monochrome format or an array of luma samples and two corresponding arrays of chroma samples in 4:2:0, 4:2:2, and 4:4:4 colour format. In an embodiment, there is one and only one picture 814 included in each PU 801. As such, there is only one PH 812 and only one picture 814 corresponding to that PH 812 in each PU 801. That is, the PU 801 contains a single or lone picture 814. 256. 256. id="p-256" id="p-256" id="p-256" id="p-256" id="p-256" id="p-256" id="p-256" id="p-256" id="p-256" id="p-256" id="p-256"
id="p-256"
[00256] The picture 814 may be either a frame or a field. However, in one CVS 816, either all pictures 814 are frames or all pictures 814 are fields. The CVS 816 is a coded video sequence for every coded layer video sequence (CLVS) in the video bitstream 800. Notably, the CVS 816 and the CLVS are the same when the video bitstream 800 includes a single layer. The CVS 816 and the CLVS are only different when the video bitstream 800 includes multiple layers (e.g., as shown in FIGS. 5 and 6). 257. 257. id="p-257" id="p-257" id="p-257" id="p-257" id="p-257" id="p-257" id="p-257" id="p-257" id="p-257" id="p-257" id="p-257"
id="p-257"
[00257] Each picture 814 contains one or more slices 818. A slice 818 is an integer number of complete tiles or an integer number of consecutive complete CTU rows within a tile of a picture (e.g., picture 814). Each slice 818 is exclusively contained in a single NAL unit (e.g., a VCL NAL unit). A tile (not shown) is a rectangular region of CTUs within a particular tile column and a particular tile row in a picture (e.g., picture 814). A CTU (not shown) is a CTB of luma samples, two corresponding CTBs of chroma samples of a picture that has three sample arrays, or a CTB of samples of a monochrome picture or a picture that is coded using three separate color planes and syntax structures used to code the samples. A CTB (not shown) is an N×N block of samples for some value of N such that the division of a component 53 into CTBs is a partitioning. A block (not shown) is an MxN (M-column by N-row) array of samples (e.g., pixels), or an MxN array of transform coefficients. 258. 258. id="p-258" id="p-258" id="p-258" id="p-258" id="p-258" id="p-258" id="p-258" id="p-258" id="p-258" id="p-258" id="p-258"
id="p-258"
[00258] In an embodiment, each slice 818 contains a slice header 820. A slice header 820 is the part of the coded slice 818 containing the data elements pertaining to all tiles or CTU rows within a tile represented in the slice 818. That is, the slice header 820 contains information about the slice 818 such as, for example, the slice type, which of the reference pictures will be used, and so on. 259. 259. id="p-259" id="p-259" id="p-259" id="p-259" id="p-259" id="p-259" id="p-259" id="p-259" id="p-259" id="p-259" id="p-259"
id="p-259"
[00259] The pictures 814 and their slices 818 comprise data associated with the images or video being encoded or decoded. Thus, the pictures 814 and their slices 818 may be simply referred to as the payload or data being carried in the bitstream 800. 260. 260. id="p-260" id="p-260" id="p-260" id="p-260" id="p-260" id="p-260" id="p-260" id="p-260" id="p-260" id="p-260" id="p-260"
id="p-260"
[00260] Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the bitstream 800 may contain other parameters and information in practical applications. 261. 261. id="p-261" id="p-261" id="p-261" id="p-261" id="p-261" id="p-261" id="p-261" id="p-261" id="p-261" id="p-261" id="p-261"
id="p-261"
[00261] FIG. 9 is an embodiment of a method 900 of decoding implemented by a video decoder (e.g., video decoder 400). The method 900 may be performed after a bitstream has been directly or indirectly received from a video encoder (e.g., video encoder 300). The method 900 improves the decoding process by ensuring the same profile, tier, and level (PTL) parameters, hypothetical reference decoder (HRD) parameters, and decoded picture buffer (DPB) parameters are not repeatedly signaled for the layers in a multi-layer bitstream.
Signaling the same PTL parameters, HRD parameters, and DPB parameters only once reduces redundancy and increases coding efficiency for multi-layer video bitstreams. Thus, the coder / decoder (a.k.a., "codec") in video coding is improved relative to current codecs. As a practical matter, the improved video coding process offers the user a better user experience when videos are sent, received, and/or viewed. 262. 262. id="p-262" id="p-262" id="p-262" id="p-262" id="p-262" id="p-262" id="p-262" id="p-262" id="p-262" id="p-262" id="p-262"
id="p-262"
[00262] In block 902, the video decoder receives a video bitstream. The video bitstream includes a plurality of layers (e.g., layers 531, 532) having sublayers (e.g., sublayers 710, 720, 730) and a VPS (e.g., VPS 804). The VPS includes a first flag (e.g., flag 850) having a first value (e.g., 1). The first flag having the first value specifies that a temporal identifier (TemporalID) of a highest sublayer representation (e.g., sublayer 730) for level information, decoded picture buffer (DPB) parameters, and hypothetical decoder refresh (HRD) parameters is not present in the VPS and is inferred to be equal to a maximum number of the sublayers that may be present in a layer of the plurality of layers specified by the VPS. 263. 263. id="p-263" id="p-263" id="p-263" id="p-263" id="p-263" id="p-263" id="p-263" id="p-263" id="p-263" id="p-263" id="p-263"
id="p-263"
[00263] In an embodiment, the maximum number of sublayers is in a range of one to seven. In an embodiment, the level information is included in profile, tier, and level (PTL) parameters. In an embodiment, the level information is present in an i-th profile_tier_level( 54 ) syntax structure in the VPS. In an embodiment, the DPB parameters are present in an i-th dpb_parameters( ) syntax structure in the VPS. In an embodiment, the HRD parameters in an i-th ols_timing_hrd_parameters( ) syntax structure in the VPS or a sequence parameter set (SPS). 264. 264. id="p-264" id="p-264" id="p-264" id="p-264" id="p-264" id="p-264" id="p-264" id="p-264" id="p-264" id="p-264" id="p-264"
id="p-264"
[00264] In block 904, the level information, the HRD parameters, and the DPB parameters corresponding to the temporal ID of the highest sublayer representation are obtained from the VPS. 265. 265. id="p-265" id="p-265" id="p-265" id="p-265" id="p-265" id="p-265" id="p-265" id="p-265" id="p-265" id="p-265" id="p-265"
id="p-265"
[00265] In block 906, the video decoder decodes a picture from one of the plurality of layers to obtain a decoded picture. In an embodiment, the picture is decoded without using the HRD parameters. That is, the HRD parameters are used to test the bitstream for conformance and not for decoding pictures contained therein. 266. 266. id="p-266" id="p-266" id="p-266" id="p-266" id="p-266" id="p-266" id="p-266" id="p-266" id="p-266" id="p-266" id="p-266"
id="p-266"
[00266] Once the picture has been decoded, the picture may be used to generate or produce an image or video sequence for display to a user on the display or screen of an electronic device (e.g., a smart phone, tablet, laptop, personal computer, etc.). 267. 267. id="p-267" id="p-267" id="p-267" id="p-267" id="p-267" id="p-267" id="p-267" id="p-267" id="p-267" id="p-267" id="p-267"
id="p-267"
[00267] FIG. 10 is an embodiment of a method 1000 of encoding a video bitstream implemented by a video encoder (e.g., video encoder 300). The method 1000 may be performed when a picture (e.g., from a video) is to be encoded into a video bitstream and then transmitted toward a video decoder (e.g., video decoder 400). The method 1000 improves the encoding process by ensuring the same profile, tier, and level (PTL) parameters, hypothetical reference decoder (HRD) parameters, and decoded picture buffer (DPB) parameters are not repeatedly signaled for the layers in a multi-layer bitstream. Signaling the same PTL parameters, HRD parameters, and DPB parameters only once reduces redundancy and increases coding efficiency for multi-layer video bitstreams. Thus, the coder / decoder (a.k.a., "codec") in video coding is improved relative to current codecs. As a practical matter, the improved video coding process offers the user a better user experience when videos are sent, received, and/or viewed. 268. 268. id="p-268" id="p-268" id="p-268" id="p-268" id="p-268" id="p-268" id="p-268" id="p-268" id="p-268" id="p-268" id="p-268"
id="p-268"
[00268] In block 1002, the video encoder generates a plurality of layers (e.g., layers 531, 532) having sublayers (e.g., sublayers 710, 720, 730) and a VPS (VPS 804) including a first flag (e.g., flag 850). 269. 269. id="p-269" id="p-269" id="p-269" id="p-269" id="p-269" id="p-269" id="p-269" id="p-269" id="p-269" id="p-269" id="p-269"
id="p-269"
[00269] In block 1004, the video encoder sets the first flag to a first value to specify that a temporal identifier (TemporalID) of a highest sublayer representation (e.g., sublayer 730) for level information, decoded picture buffer (DPB) parameters, and hypothetical decoder refresh (HRD) parameters is not present in the VPS and should be inferred to be equal to a maximum number of the sublayers that may be present in a layer of the plurality of layers specified by the VPS. 55 270. 270. id="p-270" id="p-270" id="p-270" id="p-270" id="p-270" id="p-270" id="p-270" id="p-270" id="p-270" id="p-270" id="p-270"
id="p-270"
[00270] In an embodiment, the maximum number of sublayers is in a range of one to seven. In an embodiment, the level information is included in profile, tier, and level (PTL) parameters. In an embodiment, the level information is present in an i-th profile_tier_level( ) syntax structure in the VPS. In an embodiment, the DPB parameters are present in an i-th dpb_parameters( ) syntax structure in the VPS. In an embodiment, the HRD parameters in an i-th ols_timing_hrd_parameters( ) syntax structure in the VPS or a sequence parameter set (SPS). 271. 271. id="p-271" id="p-271" id="p-271" id="p-271" id="p-271" id="p-271" id="p-271" id="p-271" id="p-271" id="p-271" id="p-271"
id="p-271"
[00271] In an embodiment, the method 1000 further comprises determining whether the video bitstream that was encoded is conforming using the HRD parameters. That is, determining whether the bitstream as encoded conforms to a standard (e.g., the VVC standard). 272. 272. id="p-272" id="p-272" id="p-272" id="p-272" id="p-272" id="p-272" id="p-272" id="p-272" id="p-272" id="p-272" id="p-272"
id="p-272"
[00272] In block 1006, the video encoder encodes the plurality of layers and the VPS into a video bitstream. In block 1008, the video encoder stores the video bitstream for communication toward a video decoder. The video bitstream may be stored in memory until the video bitstream is transmitted toward the video decoder. Once received by the video decoder, the encoded video bitstream may be decoded (e.g., as described above) to generate or produce an image or video sequence for display to a user on the display or screen of an electronic device (e.g., a smart phone, tablet, laptop, personal computer, etc.). 273. 273. id="p-273" id="p-273" id="p-273" id="p-273" id="p-273" id="p-273" id="p-273" id="p-273" id="p-273" id="p-273" id="p-273"
id="p-273"
[00273] Additional and/or supplemental details are provided below. 274. 274. id="p-274" id="p-274" id="p-274" id="p-274" id="p-274" id="p-274" id="p-274" id="p-274" id="p-274" id="p-274" id="p-274"
id="p-274"
[00274] The general decoding process is as follows. 275. 275. id="p-275" id="p-275" id="p-275" id="p-275" id="p-275" id="p-275" id="p-275" id="p-275" id="p-275" id="p-275" id="p-275"
id="p-275"
[00275] Input to this process is a bitstream BitstreamToDecode. Output of this process is a list of decoded pictures. 276. 276. id="p-276" id="p-276" id="p-276" id="p-276" id="p-276" id="p-276" id="p-276" id="p-276" id="p-276" id="p-276" id="p-276"
id="p-276"
[00276] The decoding process is specified such that all decoders that conform to a specified profile and level will produce numerically identical cropped decoded output pictures when invoking the decoding process associated with that profile for a bitstream conforming to that profile and level. Any decoding process that produces identical cropped decoded output pictures to those produced by the process described herein (with the correct output order or output timing, as specified) conforms to the decoding process requirements of the VVC standard. 277. 277. id="p-277" id="p-277" id="p-277" id="p-277" id="p-277" id="p-277" id="p-277" id="p-277" id="p-277" id="p-277" id="p-277"
id="p-277"
[00277] For each IRAP AU in the bitstream, the following applies. 278. 278. id="p-278" id="p-278" id="p-278" id="p-278" id="p-278" id="p-278" id="p-278" id="p-278" id="p-278" id="p-278" id="p-278"
id="p-278"
[00278] – If the AU is the first AU in the bitstream in decoding order, each picture is an instantaneous decoding refresh (IDR) picture, or each picture is the first picture of the layer that follows an end of sequence NAL unit in decoding order, the variable NoIncorrectPicOutputFlag is set equal to 1. 56 279. 279. id="p-279" id="p-279" id="p-279" id="p-279" id="p-279" id="p-279" id="p-279" id="p-279" id="p-279" id="p-279" id="p-279"
id="p-279"
[00279] – Otherwise, if some external means not specified in this Specification is available to set the variable HandleCraAsCvsStartFlag to a value for the AU, HandleCraAsCvsStartFlag is set equal to the value provided by the external means and NoIncorrectPicOutputFlag is set equal to HandleCraAsCvsStartFlag. 280. 280. id="p-280" id="p-280" id="p-280" id="p-280" id="p-280" id="p-280" id="p-280" id="p-280" id="p-280" id="p-280" id="p-280"
id="p-280"
[00280] – Otherwise, HandleCraAsCvsStartFlag and NoIncorrectPicOutputFlag are both set equal to 0. 281. 281. id="p-281" id="p-281" id="p-281" id="p-281" id="p-281" id="p-281" id="p-281" id="p-281" id="p-281" id="p-281" id="p-281"
id="p-281"
[00281] For each GDR AU in the bitstream, the following applies. 282. 282. id="p-282" id="p-282" id="p-282" id="p-282" id="p-282" id="p-282" id="p-282" id="p-282" id="p-282" id="p-282" id="p-282"
id="p-282"
[00282] – If the AU is the first AU in the bitstream in decoding order or each picture is the first picture of the layer that follows an end of sequence NAL unit in decoding order, the variable NoIncorrectPicOutputFlag is set equal to 1. 283. 283. id="p-283" id="p-283" id="p-283" id="p-283" id="p-283" id="p-283" id="p-283" id="p-283" id="p-283" id="p-283" id="p-283"
id="p-283"
[00283] – Otherwise, if some external means not specified in this Specification is available to set the variable HandleGdrAsCvsStartFlag to a value for the AU, HandleGdrAsCvsStartFlag is set equal to the value provided by the external means and NoIncorrectPicOutputFlag is set equal to HandleGdrAsCvsStartFlag. 284. 284. id="p-284" id="p-284" id="p-284" id="p-284" id="p-284" id="p-284" id="p-284" id="p-284" id="p-284" id="p-284" id="p-284"
id="p-284"
[00284] – Otherwise, HandleGdrAsCvsStartFlag and NoIncorrectPicOutputFlag are both set equal to 0. 285. 285. id="p-285" id="p-285" id="p-285" id="p-285" id="p-285" id="p-285" id="p-285" id="p-285" id="p-285" id="p-285" id="p-285"
id="p-285"
[00285] NOTE – The above operations, for both IRAP pictures and GDR pictures, are needed for identification of the CVSs in the bitstream. 286. 286. id="p-286" id="p-286" id="p-286" id="p-286" id="p-286" id="p-286" id="p-286" id="p-286" id="p-286" id="p-286" id="p-286"
id="p-286"
[00286] Clause 8.1.2 is repeatedly invoked for each coded picture in BitstreamToDecode in decoding order. 287. 287. id="p-287" id="p-287" id="p-287" id="p-287" id="p-287" id="p-287" id="p-287" id="p-287" id="p-287" id="p-287" id="p-287"
id="p-287"
[00287] The decoding process for reference picture lists construction is as follows. 288. 288. id="p-288" id="p-288" id="p-288" id="p-288" id="p-288" id="p-288" id="p-288" id="p-288" id="p-288" id="p-288" id="p-288"
id="p-288"
[00288] This process is invoked at the beginning of the decoding process for each slice of a non-IDR picture. 289. 289. id="p-289" id="p-289" id="p-289" id="p-289" id="p-289" id="p-289" id="p-289" id="p-289" id="p-289" id="p-289" id="p-289"
id="p-289"
[00289] Reference pictures are addressed through reference indices. A reference index is an index into a reference picture list. When decoding an I slice, no reference picture list is used in decoding of the slice data. When decoding a P slice, only reference picture list 0 (i.e., RefPicList[ 0 ]), is used in decoding of the slice data. When decoding a B slice, both reference picture list 0 and reference picture list 1 (i.e., RefPicList[ 1 ]) are used in decoding of the slice data. 290. 290. id="p-290" id="p-290" id="p-290" id="p-290" id="p-290" id="p-290" id="p-290" id="p-290" id="p-290" id="p-290" id="p-290"
id="p-290"
[00290] It is a requirement of bitstream conformance that the following constraints apply. 291. 291. id="p-291" id="p-291" id="p-291" id="p-291" id="p-291" id="p-291" id="p-291" id="p-291" id="p-291" id="p-291" id="p-291"
id="p-291"
[00291] – For each i equal to 0 or 1, num_ref_entries[ i ][ RplsIdx[ i ] ] shall not be less than NumRefIdxActive[ i ]. 57 292. 292. id="p-292" id="p-292" id="p-292" id="p-292" id="p-292" id="p-292" id="p-292" id="p-292" id="p-292" id="p-292" id="p-292"
id="p-292"
[00292] – The picture referred to by each active entry in RefPicList[ 0 ] or RefPicList[ 1 ] shall be present in the DPB and shall have TemporalId less than or equal to that of the current picture. 293. 293. id="p-293" id="p-293" id="p-293" id="p-293" id="p-293" id="p-293" id="p-293" id="p-293" id="p-293" id="p-293" id="p-293"
id="p-293"
[00293] – The picture referred to by each entry in RefPicList[ 0 ] or RefPicList[ 1 ] shall not be the current picture and shall have non_reference_picture_flag equal to 0. 294. 294. id="p-294" id="p-294" id="p-294" id="p-294" id="p-294" id="p-294" id="p-294" id="p-294" id="p-294" id="p-294" id="p-294"
id="p-294"
[00294] – A short-term reference picture (STRP) entry in RefPicList[ 0 ] or RefPicList[ 1 ] of a slice of a picture and an LTRP entry in RefPicList[ 0 ] or RefPicList[ 1 ] of the same slice or a different slice of the same picture shall not refer to the same picture. 295. 295. id="p-295" id="p-295" id="p-295" id="p-295" id="p-295" id="p-295" id="p-295" id="p-295" id="p-295" id="p-295" id="p-295"
id="p-295"
[00295] – There shall be no LTRP entry in RefPicList[ 0 ] or RefPicList[ 1 ] for which the difference between the PicOrderCntVal of the current picture and the PicOrderCntVal of the picture referred to by the entry is greater than or equal to 224. 296. 296. id="p-296" id="p-296" id="p-296" id="p-296" id="p-296" id="p-296" id="p-296" id="p-296" id="p-296" id="p-296" id="p-296"
id="p-296"
[00296] – Let setOfRefPics be the set of unique pictures referred to by all entries in RefPicList[ 0 ] that have the same nuh_layer_id as the current picture and all entries in RefPicList[ 1 ] that have the same nuh_layer_id as the current picture. The number of pictures in setOfRefPics shall be less than or equal to MaxDecPicBuffMinus1 and setOfRefPics shall be the same for all slices of a picture. 297. 297. id="p-297" id="p-297" id="p-297" id="p-297" id="p-297" id="p-297" id="p-297" id="p-297" id="p-297" id="p-297" id="p-297"
id="p-297"
[00297] – When the current picture is a Step-wise Temporal Sub-layer Access (STSA) picture, there shall be no active entry in RefPicList[ 0 ] or RefPicList[ 1 ] that has TemporalId equal to that of the current picture. 298. 298. id="p-298" id="p-298" id="p-298" id="p-298" id="p-298" id="p-298" id="p-298" id="p-298" id="p-298" id="p-298" id="p-298"
id="p-298"
[00298] When the current picture is a picture that follows, in decoding order, an STSA picture that has TemporalId equal to that of the current picture, there shall be no picture that has TemporalId equal to that of the current picture included as an active entry in RefPicList[ 0 ] or RefPicList[ 1 ] that precedes the STSA picture in decoding order. 299. 299. id="p-299" id="p-299" id="p-299" id="p-299" id="p-299" id="p-299" id="p-299" id="p-299" id="p-299" id="p-299" id="p-299"
id="p-299"
[00299] – The picture referred to by each ILRP entry in RefPicList[ 0 ] or RefPicList[ 1 ] of a slice of the current picture shall be in the same access unit as the current picture. 300. 300. id="p-300" id="p-300" id="p-300" id="p-300" id="p-300" id="p-300" id="p-300" id="p-300" id="p-300" id="p-300" id="p-300"
id="p-300"
[00300] – The picture referred to by each ILRP entry in RefPicList[ 0 ] or RefPicList[ 1 ] of a slice of the current picture shall be present in the DPB and shall have nuh_layer_id less than that of the current picture. 301. 301. id="p-301" id="p-301" id="p-301" id="p-301" id="p-301" id="p-301" id="p-301" id="p-301" id="p-301" id="p-301" id="p-301"
id="p-301"
[00301] – Each ILRP entry in RefPicList[ 0 ] or RefPicList[ 1 ] of a slice shall be an active entry. 302. 302. id="p-302" id="p-302" id="p-302" id="p-302" id="p-302" id="p-302" id="p-302" id="p-302" id="p-302" id="p-302" id="p-302"
id="p-302"
[00302] The HRD general aspects in clause C.1 of the VVC standard include the following. 58 303. 303. id="p-303" id="p-303" id="p-303" id="p-303" id="p-303" id="p-303" id="p-303" id="p-303" id="p-303" id="p-303" id="p-303"
id="p-303"
[00303] This annex specifies the hypothetical reference decoder (HRD) and its use to check bitstream and decoder conformance. 304. 304. id="p-304" id="p-304" id="p-304" id="p-304" id="p-304" id="p-304" id="p-304" id="p-304" id="p-304" id="p-304" id="p-304"
id="p-304"
[00304] A set of bitstream conformance tests is needed for checking the conformance of a bitstream, which is referred to as the entire bitstream, denoted as entireBitstream. The set of bitstream conformance tests are for testing the conformance of each OP of each OLS specified by the VPS. 305. 305. id="p-305" id="p-305" id="p-305" id="p-305" id="p-305" id="p-305" id="p-305" id="p-305" id="p-305" id="p-305" id="p-305"
id="p-305"
[00305] For each test, the following ordered steps apply in the order listed, followed by the processes described after these steps in this clause: 306. 306. id="p-306" id="p-306" id="p-306" id="p-306" id="p-306" id="p-306" id="p-306" id="p-306" id="p-306" id="p-306" id="p-306"
id="p-306"
[00306] 1. An operation point under test, denoted as targetOp, is selected by selecting a target OLS with OLS index opOlsIdx and a highest TemporalId value opTid. The value of opOlsIdx is in the range of 0 to TotalNumOlss − 1, inclusive. The value of opTid is in the range of 0 to vps_max_sub_layers_minus1, inclusive. Each pair of selected values of opOlsIdx and opTid shall be such that the sub-bitstream that is the output by invoking the sub-bitstream extraction process as specified in clause C.6 with entireBitstream, opOlsIdx, and opTid as inputs satisify the following conditions: 307. 307. id="p-307" id="p-307" id="p-307" id="p-307" id="p-307" id="p-307" id="p-307" id="p-307" id="p-307" id="p-307" id="p-307"
id="p-307"
[00307] – There is at least one VCL NAL unit with nuh_layer_id equal to each of the nuh_layer_id values in LayerIdInOls[ opOlsIdx ] in BitstreamToDecode. 308. 308. id="p-308" id="p-308" id="p-308" id="p-308" id="p-308" id="p-308" id="p-308" id="p-308" id="p-308" id="p-308" id="p-308"
id="p-308"
[00308] – There is at least one VCL NAL unit with TemporalId equal to opTid in BitstreamToDecode. 309. 309. id="p-309" id="p-309" id="p-309" id="p-309" id="p-309" id="p-309" id="p-309" id="p-309" id="p-309" id="p-309" id="p-309"
id="p-309"
[00309] 2. If the layers in targetOp include all layers in entireBitstream and opTid is equal to greater than the highest TemporalId value among all NAL units in entireBitstream, BitstreamToDecode is set to be identical to entireBitstream. Otherwie, BitstreamToDecode is set to be the output by invoking the sub-bitstream extraction process as specified in clause Error! Reference source not found. with entireBitstream, opOlsIdx, and opTid as inputs. 310. 310. id="p-310" id="p-310" id="p-310" id="p-310" id="p-310" id="p-310" id="p-310" id="p-310" id="p-310" id="p-310" id="p-310"
id="p-310"
[00310] 3. The values of TargetOlsIdx and Htid are set equal to opOlsIdx and opTid, respectively, of targetOp. 311. 311. id="p-311" id="p-311" id="p-311" id="p-311" id="p-311" id="p-311" id="p-311" id="p-311" id="p-311" id="p-311" id="p-311"
id="p-311"
[00311] 4. A value of ScIdx is selected. The selected ScIdx shall be in the range of 0 to hrd_cpb_cnt_minus1, inclusive. 312. 312. id="p-312" id="p-312" id="p-312" id="p-312" id="p-312" id="p-312" id="p-312" id="p-312" id="p-312" id="p-312" id="p-312"
id="p-312"
[00312] 5. An access unit in BitstreamToDecode associated with buffering period SEI messages (present in TargetLayerBitstream or available through external means not specified in this Specification) applicable to TargetOlsIdx is selected as the HRD initialization point and referred to as access unit 0 for each layer in the target OLS. 59 313. 313. id="p-313" id="p-313" id="p-313" id="p-313" id="p-313" id="p-313" id="p-313" id="p-313" id="p-313" id="p-313" id="p-313"
id="p-313"
[00313] 6. The ols_hrd_parameters( ) syntax structure and the sub_layer_hrd_parameters( ) syntax structure applicable to BitstreamToDecode are selected as follows: 314. 314. id="p-314" id="p-314" id="p-314" id="p-314" id="p-314" id="p-314" id="p-314" id="p-314" id="p-314" id="p-314" id="p-314"
id="p-314"
[00314] – The ols_hrd_idx[ TargetOlsIdx ]-th ols_hrd_parameters( ) syntax structure in the VPS (or provided through an external means not specified in this Specification) is selected. 315. 315. id="p-315" id="p-315" id="p-315" id="p-315" id="p-315" id="p-315" id="p-315" id="p-315" id="p-315" id="p-315" id="p-315"
id="p-315"
[00315] – Within the selected ols_hrd_parameters( ) syntax structure, if BitstreamToDecode is a Type I bitstream, the sub_layer_hrd_parameters( Htid ) syntax structure that immediately follows the condition "if( general_vcl_hrd_params_present_flag )" is selected and the variable NalHrdModeFlag is set equal to 0; otherwise (BitstreamToDecode is a Type II bitstream), the sub_layer_hrd_parameters( Htid ) syntax structure that immediately follows either the condition "if( general_vcl_hrd_params_present_flag )" (in this case the variable NalHrdModeFlag is set equal to 0) or the condition "if( general_nal_hrd_params_present_flag )" (in this case the variable NalHrdModeFlag is set equal to 1) is selected. When BitstreamToDecode is a Type II bitstream and NalHrdModeFlag is equal to 0, all non-VCL NAL units except filler data NAL units, and all leading_zero_8bits, zero_byte, start_code_prefix_one_3bytes and trailing_zero_8bits syntax elements that form a byte stream from the NAL unit stream (as specified in Annex B), when present, are discarded from BitstreamToDecode and the remaining bitstream is assigned to BitstreamToDecode. 316. 316. id="p-316" id="p-316" id="p-316" id="p-316" id="p-316" id="p-316" id="p-316" id="p-316" id="p-316" id="p-316" id="p-316"
id="p-316"
[00316] 7. When decoding_unit_hrd_params_present_flag is equal to 1, the CPB is scheduled to operate either at the access unit level (in which case the variable DecodingUnitHrdFlag is set equal to 0) or at the decoding unit level (in which case the variable DecodingUnitHrdFlag is set equal to 1). Otherwise, DecodingUnitHrdFlag is set equal to 0 and the CPB is scheduled to operate at the access unit level. 317. 317. id="p-317" id="p-317" id="p-317" id="p-317" id="p-317" id="p-317" id="p-317" id="p-317" id="p-317" id="p-317" id="p-317"
id="p-317"
[00317] 8. For each access unit in BitstreamToDecode starting from access unit 0, the buffering period SEI message (present in BitstreamToDecode or available through external means not specified in this Specification) that is associated with the access unit and applies to TargetOlsIdx is selected, the picture timing SEI message (present in BitstreamToDecode or available through external means not specified in this Specification) that is associated with the access unit and applies to TargetOlsIdx is selected, and when DecodingUnitHrdFlag is equal to 1 and decoding_unit_cpb_params_in_pic_timing_sei_flag is equal to 0, the decoding unit information SEI messages (present in BitstreamToDecode or available through external means not specified in this Specification) that are associated with decoding units in the access unit and apply to TargetOlsIdx are selected. 60 318. 318. id="p-318" id="p-318" id="p-318" id="p-318" id="p-318" id="p-318" id="p-318" id="p-318" id="p-318" id="p-318" id="p-318"
id="p-318"
[00318] Each conformance test consists of a combination of one option in each of the above steps. When there is more than one option for a step, for any particular conformance test only one option is chosen. All possible combinations of all the steps form the entire set of conformance tests. For each operation point under test, the number of bitstream conformance tests to be performed is equal to n0 * n1 * n2 * n3, where the values of n0, n1, n2, and n3 are specified as follows: 319. 319. id="p-319" id="p-319" id="p-319" id="p-319" id="p-319" id="p-319" id="p-319" id="p-319" id="p-319" id="p-319" id="p-319"
id="p-319"
[00319] – n1 is equal to hrd_cpb_cnt_minus1 + 1. 320. 320. id="p-320" id="p-320" id="p-320" id="p-320" id="p-320" id="p-320" id="p-320" id="p-320" id="p-320" id="p-320" id="p-320"
id="p-320"
[00320] – n1 is the number of access units in BitstreamToDecode that are associated with buffering period SEI messages. 321. 321. id="p-321" id="p-321" id="p-321" id="p-321" id="p-321" id="p-321" id="p-321" id="p-321" id="p-321" id="p-321" id="p-321"
id="p-321"
[00321] – n2 is derived as follows: 322. 322. id="p-322" id="p-322" id="p-322" id="p-322" id="p-322" id="p-322" id="p-322" id="p-322" id="p-322" id="p-322" id="p-322"
id="p-322"
[00322] – If BitstreamToDecode is a Type I bitstream, n0 is equal to 1. 323. 323. id="p-323" id="p-323" id="p-323" id="p-323" id="p-323" id="p-323" id="p-323" id="p-323" id="p-323" id="p-323" id="p-323"
id="p-323"
[00323] – Otherwise (BitstreamToDecode is a Type II bitstream), n0 is equal to 2. 324. 324. id="p-324" id="p-324" id="p-324" id="p-324" id="p-324" id="p-324" id="p-324" id="p-324" id="p-324" id="p-324" id="p-324"
id="p-324"
[00324] – n3 is derived as follows: 325. 325. id="p-325" id="p-325" id="p-325" id="p-325" id="p-325" id="p-325" id="p-325" id="p-325" id="p-325" id="p-325" id="p-325"
id="p-325"
[00325] – If decoding_unit_hrd_params_present_flag is equal to 0, n3 is equal to 1. 326. 326. id="p-326" id="p-326" id="p-326" id="p-326" id="p-326" id="p-326" id="p-326" id="p-326" id="p-326" id="p-326" id="p-326"
id="p-326"
[00326] – Otherwise, n3 is equal to 2. 327. 327. id="p-327" id="p-327" id="p-327" id="p-327" id="p-327" id="p-327" id="p-327" id="p-327" id="p-327" id="p-327" id="p-327"
id="p-327"
[00327] The HRD contains a bitstream extractor (optionally present), a coded picture buffer (CPB), an instantaneous decoding process, a decoded picture buffer (DPB) that conceptually contains a sub-DPB for each layer, and output cropping. 328. 328. id="p-328" id="p-328" id="p-328" id="p-328" id="p-328" id="p-328" id="p-328" id="p-328" id="p-328" id="p-328" id="p-328"
id="p-328"
[00328] For each bitstream conformance test, the CPB size (number of bits) is CpbSize[ Htid ][ ScIdx ] as specified in clause 7.4.5.2, where ScIdx and the HRD parameters are specified above in this clause, and DPB parameters max_dec_pic_buffering_minus1[ Htid ], max_num_reorder_pics[ Htid ], and MaxLatencyPictures[ Htid ] for each layer are found in or derived from the dpb_parameters( ) syntax structure that applies to the layer depending on whether the layer is an independent layer and whether the layer is an output layer of the target OLS. 329. 329. id="p-329" id="p-329" id="p-329" id="p-329" id="p-329" id="p-329" id="p-329" id="p-329" id="p-329" id="p-329" id="p-329"
id="p-329"
[00329] The HRD operates as follows. 330. 330. id="p-330" id="p-330" id="p-330" id="p-330" id="p-330" id="p-330" id="p-330" id="p-330" id="p-330" id="p-330" id="p-330"
id="p-330"
[00330] – The HRD is initialized at decoding unit 0, with both the CPB and each sub-DPB of the DPB being set to be empty (the sub-DPB fullness for each sub-DPB is set equal to 0). 331. 331. id="p-331" id="p-331" id="p-331" id="p-331" id="p-331" id="p-331" id="p-331" id="p-331" id="p-331" id="p-331" id="p-331"
id="p-331"
[00331] NOTE – After initialization, the HRD is not initialized again by subsequent buffering period SEI messages. 332. 332. id="p-332" id="p-332" id="p-332" id="p-332" id="p-332" id="p-332" id="p-332" id="p-332" id="p-332" id="p-332" id="p-332"
id="p-332"
[00332] – Data associated with decoding units that flow into each CPB according to a specified arrival schedule are delivered by the hypothetical stream scheduler (HSS). 61 333. 333. id="p-333" id="p-333" id="p-333" id="p-333" id="p-333" id="p-333" id="p-333" id="p-333" id="p-333" id="p-333" id="p-333"
id="p-333"
[00333] – The data associated with each decoding unit are removed and decoded instantaneously by the instantaneous decoding process at the CPB removal time of the decoding unit. 334. 334. id="p-334" id="p-334" id="p-334" id="p-334" id="p-334" id="p-334" id="p-334" id="p-334" id="p-334" id="p-334" id="p-334"
id="p-334"
[00334] – Each decoded picture is placed in the DPB. 335. 335. id="p-335" id="p-335" id="p-335" id="p-335" id="p-335" id="p-335" id="p-335" id="p-335" id="p-335" id="p-335" id="p-335"
id="p-335"
[00335] – A decoded picture is removed from the DPB when it becomes no longer needed for inter prediction reference and no longer needed for output. 336. 336. id="p-336" id="p-336" id="p-336" id="p-336" id="p-336" id="p-336" id="p-336" id="p-336" id="p-336" id="p-336" id="p-336"
id="p-336"
[00336] The operation of the decoded picture buffer is provided. 337. 337. id="p-337" id="p-337" id="p-337" id="p-337" id="p-337" id="p-337" id="p-337" id="p-337" id="p-337" id="p-337" id="p-337"
id="p-337"
[00337] The specifications in this clause apply independently to each set of decoded picture buffer (DPB) parameters selected as specified in clause C.1. 338. 338. id="p-338" id="p-338" id="p-338" id="p-338" id="p-338" id="p-338" id="p-338" id="p-338" id="p-338" id="p-338" id="p-338"
id="p-338"
[00338] The decoded picture buffer conceptually consists of sub-DPBs and each sub- DPB contains picture storage buffers for storage of decoded pictures of one layer. Each of the picture storage buffers may contain a decoded picture that is marked as "used for reference" or is held for future output. The processes specified in clauses C3.2, C3.3, and C3.4 are sequentially applied as specified below, and are applied independently for each layer, starting from the lowest layer in the OLS, in increasing order of nuh_layer_id values of the layers in the OLS. When these processes are applied for a particular layer, only the sub-DPB for the particular layer is affected. In the descriptions of these processes, the DPB refers to the sub- DPB for the particular layer, and the particular layer is referred to as the current layer. 339. 339. id="p-339" id="p-339" id="p-339" id="p-339" id="p-339" id="p-339" id="p-339" id="p-339" id="p-339" id="p-339" id="p-339"
id="p-339"
[00339] NOTE – In the operation of output timing DPB, decoded pictures with PicOutputFlag equal to 1 in the same access unit are output consecutively in ascending order of the nuh_layer_id values of the decoded pictures. 340. 340. id="p-340" id="p-340" id="p-340" id="p-340" id="p-340" id="p-340" id="p-340" id="p-340" id="p-340" id="p-340" id="p-340"
id="p-340"
[00340] Let picture n and the current picture be the coded picture or decoded picture of the access unit n for a particular value of nuh_layer_id, wherein n is a non-negative integer number. 341. 341. id="p-341" id="p-341" id="p-341" id="p-341" id="p-341" id="p-341" id="p-341" id="p-341" id="p-341" id="p-341" id="p-341"
id="p-341"
[00341] The removal of pictures from the DPB before decoding the current picture is described. 342. 342. id="p-342" id="p-342" id="p-342" id="p-342" id="p-342" id="p-342" id="p-342" id="p-342" id="p-342" id="p-342" id="p-342"
id="p-342"
[00342] The removal of pictures from the DPB before decoding of the current picture (but after parsing the slice header of the first slice of the current picture) happens instantaneously at the CPB removal time of the first decoding unit of access unit n (containing the current picture) and proceeds as follows: 343. 343. id="p-343" id="p-343" id="p-343" id="p-343" id="p-343" id="p-343" id="p-343" id="p-343" id="p-343" id="p-343" id="p-343"
id="p-343"
[00343] – The decoding process for reference picture list construction as specified in clause 8.3.2 is invoked and the decoding process for reference picture marking as specified in clause 8.3.3 is invoked. 62 344. 344. id="p-344" id="p-344" id="p-344" id="p-344" id="p-344" id="p-344" id="p-344" id="p-344" id="p-344" id="p-344" id="p-344"
id="p-344"
[00344] – When the current AU is a CVSS AU that is not AU 0, the following ordered steps are applied: 345. 345. id="p-345" id="p-345" id="p-345" id="p-345" id="p-345" id="p-345" id="p-345" id="p-345" id="p-345" id="p-345" id="p-345"
id="p-345"
[00345] 1. The variable NoOutputOfPriorPicsFlag is derived for the decoder under test as follows: 346. 346. id="p-346" id="p-346" id="p-346" id="p-346" id="p-346" id="p-346" id="p-346" id="p-346" id="p-346" id="p-346" id="p-346"
id="p-346"
[00346] – If the value of pic_width_max_in_luma_samples, pic_height_max_in_luma_samples, chroma_format_idc, separate_colour_plane_flag, bit_depth_luma_minus8, bit_depth_chroma_minus8 or max_dec_pic_ buffering_minus1[ Htid ] derived for any picture in the current AU is different from the value of pic_width_in_luma_samples, pic_height_in_luma_samples, chroma_format_idc, separate_colour_plane_flag, bit_depth_luma_minus8, bit_depth_chroma_minus8 or max_dec_pic_buffering_minus1[ Htid ], respectively, derived for the preceding picture in the same CLVS, NoOutputOfPriorPicsFlag may (but should not) be set to 1 by the decoder under test, regardless of the value of no_output_of_prior_pics_flag. 347. 347. id="p-347" id="p-347" id="p-347" id="p-347" id="p-347" id="p-347" id="p-347" id="p-347" id="p-347" id="p-347" id="p-347"
id="p-347"
[00347] NOTE – Although setting NoOutputOfPriorPicsFlag equal to no_output_of_prior_pics_flag is preferred under these conditions, the decoder under test is allowed to set NoOutputOfPriorPicsFlag to 1 in this case. 348. 348. id="p-348" id="p-348" id="p-348" id="p-348" id="p-348" id="p-348" id="p-348" id="p-348" id="p-348" id="p-348" id="p-348"
id="p-348"
[00348] – Otherwise, NoOutputOfPriorPicsFlag is set equal to no_output_of_prior_pics_flag. 349. 349. id="p-349" id="p-349" id="p-349" id="p-349" id="p-349" id="p-349" id="p-349" id="p-349" id="p-349" id="p-349" id="p-349"
id="p-349"
[00349] 2. The value of NoOutputOfPriorPicsFlag derived for the decoder under test is applied for the HRD, such that when the value of NoOutputOfPriorPicsFlag is equal to 1, all picture storage buffers in the DPB are emptied without output of the pictures they contain, and the DPB fullness is set equal to 0. 350. 350. id="p-350" id="p-350" id="p-350" id="p-350" id="p-350" id="p-350" id="p-350" id="p-350" id="p-350" id="p-350" id="p-350"
id="p-350"
[00350] – When both of the following conditions are true for any pictures k in the DPB, all such pictures k in the DPB are removed from the DPB: 351. 351. id="p-351" id="p-351" id="p-351" id="p-351" id="p-351" id="p-351" id="p-351" id="p-351" id="p-351" id="p-351" id="p-351"
id="p-351"
[00351] – picture k is marked as "unused for reference". 352. 352. id="p-352" id="p-352" id="p-352" id="p-352" id="p-352" id="p-352" id="p-352" id="p-352" id="p-352" id="p-352" id="p-352"
id="p-352"
[00352] – picture k has PictureOutputFlag equal to 0 or its DPB output time is less than or equal to the CPB removal time of the first decoding unit (denoted as decoding unit m) of the current picture n; i.e., DpbOutputTime[ k ] is less than or equal to DuCpbRemovalTime[ m ]. 353. 353. id="p-353" id="p-353" id="p-353" id="p-353" id="p-353" id="p-353" id="p-353" id="p-353" id="p-353" id="p-353" id="p-353"
id="p-353"
[00353] – For each picture that is removed from the DPB, the DPB fullness is decremented by one. 354. 354. id="p-354" id="p-354" id="p-354" id="p-354" id="p-354" id="p-354" id="p-354" id="p-354" id="p-354" id="p-354" id="p-354"
id="p-354"
[00354] The operation of the output order DPB is described. 355. 355. id="p-355" id="p-355" id="p-355" id="p-355" id="p-355" id="p-355" id="p-355" id="p-355" id="p-355" id="p-355" id="p-355"
id="p-355"
[00355] The specifications in this clause apply independently to each set of decoded picture buffer (DPB) parameters selected as specified in clause C.1. 63 356. 356. id="p-356" id="p-356" id="p-356" id="p-356" id="p-356" id="p-356" id="p-356" id="p-356" id="p-356" id="p-356" id="p-356"
id="p-356"
[00356] The decoded picture buffer conceptually consists of sub-DPBs and each sub- DPB contains picture storage buffers for storage of decoded pictures of one layer. Each of the picture storage buffers contains a decoded picture that is marked as "used for reference" or is held for future output. 357. 357. id="p-357" id="p-357" id="p-357" id="p-357" id="p-357" id="p-357" id="p-357" id="p-357" id="p-357" id="p-357" id="p-357"
id="p-357"
[00357] The process for output and removal of pictures from the DPB before decoding of the current picture as specified in clause C.5.2.2 is invoked, followed by the invocation of the process for current decoded picture marking and storage as specified in clause C.3.4, and finally followed by the invocation of the process for additional bumping as specified in clause C.5.2.3. The "bumping" process is specified in clause C.5.2.4 and is invoked as specified in clauses C.5.2.2 and C.5.2.3. 358. 358. id="p-358" id="p-358" id="p-358" id="p-358" id="p-358" id="p-358" id="p-358" id="p-358" id="p-358" id="p-358" id="p-358"
id="p-358"
[00358] These processes are applied independently for each layer, starting from the lowest layer in the OLS, in increasing order of the nuh_layer_id values of the layers in the OLS. When these processes are applied for a particular layer, only the sub-DPB for the particular layer is affected. 359. 359. id="p-359" id="p-359" id="p-359" id="p-359" id="p-359" id="p-359" id="p-359" id="p-359" id="p-359" id="p-359" id="p-359"
id="p-359"
[00359] NOTE – In the operation of output order DPB, same as in the operation of output timing DPB, decoded pictures with PicOutputFlag equal to 1 in the same access unit are also output consecutively in ascending order of the nuh_layer_id values of the decoded pictures. 360. 360. id="p-360" id="p-360" id="p-360" id="p-360" id="p-360" id="p-360" id="p-360" id="p-360" id="p-360" id="p-360" id="p-360"
id="p-360"
[00360] Let picture n and the current picture be the coded picture or decoded picture of the access unit n for a particular value of nuh_layer_id, wherein n is a non-negative integer number. 361. 361. id="p-361" id="p-361" id="p-361" id="p-361" id="p-361" id="p-361" id="p-361" id="p-361" id="p-361" id="p-361" id="p-361"
id="p-361"
[00361] The output and removal of pictures from the DPB is described. 362. 362. id="p-362" id="p-362" id="p-362" id="p-362" id="p-362" id="p-362" id="p-362" id="p-362" id="p-362" id="p-362" id="p-362"
id="p-362"
[00362] The output and removal of pictures from the DPB before the decoding of the current picture (but after parsing the slice header of the first slice of the current picture) happens instantaneously when the first decoding unit of the access unit containing the current picture is removed from the CPB and proceeds as follows: 363. 363. id="p-363" id="p-363" id="p-363" id="p-363" id="p-363" id="p-363" id="p-363" id="p-363" id="p-363" id="p-363" id="p-363"
id="p-363"
[00363] – The decoding process for reference picture list construction as specified in clause 8.3.2 and decoding process for reference picture marking as specified in clause 8.3.3 are invoked. 364. 364. id="p-364" id="p-364" id="p-364" id="p-364" id="p-364" id="p-364" id="p-364" id="p-364" id="p-364" id="p-364" id="p-364"
id="p-364"
[00364] – If the current AU is a CVSS AU that is not AU0, the following ordered steps are applied: 365. 365. id="p-365" id="p-365" id="p-365" id="p-365" id="p-365" id="p-365" id="p-365" id="p-365" id="p-365" id="p-365" id="p-365"
id="p-365"
[00365] 1. The variable NoOutputOfPriorPicsFlag is derived for the decoder under test as follows: 64 366. 366. id="p-366" id="p-366" id="p-366" id="p-366" id="p-366" id="p-366" id="p-366" id="p-366" id="p-366" id="p-366" id="p-366"
id="p-366"
[00366] – If the value of pic_width_max_in_luma_samples, pic_height_max_in_luma_samples, chroma_format_idc, separate_colour_plane_flag, bit_depth_luma_minus8, bit_depth_chroma_minus8 or max_dec_pic_ buffering_minus1[ Htid ] derived for any picture of the current AU is different from the value of pic_width_in_luma_samples, pic_height_in_luma_samples, chroma_format_idc, separate_colour_plane_flag, bit_depth_luma_minus8, bit_depth_chroma_minus8 or max_dec_pic_buffering_minus1[ Htid ], respectively, derived for the preceding picture in the same CLVS, NoOutputOfPriorPicsFlag may (but should not) be set to 1 by the decoder under test, regardless of the value of no_output_of_prior_pics_flag. 367. 367. id="p-367" id="p-367" id="p-367" id="p-367" id="p-367" id="p-367" id="p-367" id="p-367" id="p-367" id="p-367" id="p-367"
id="p-367"
[00367] NOTE – Although setting NoOutputOfPriorPicsFlag equal to no_output_of_prior_pics_flag is preferred under these conditions, the decoder under test is allowed to set NoOutputOfPriorPicsFlag to 1 in this case. 368. 368. id="p-368" id="p-368" id="p-368" id="p-368" id="p-368" id="p-368" id="p-368" id="p-368" id="p-368" id="p-368" id="p-368"
id="p-368"
[00368] – Otherwise, NoOutputOfPriorPicsFlag is set equal to no_output_of_prior_pics_flag. 369. 369. id="p-369" id="p-369" id="p-369" id="p-369" id="p-369" id="p-369" id="p-369" id="p-369" id="p-369" id="p-369" id="p-369"
id="p-369"
[00369] 2. The value of NoOutputOfPriorPicsFlag derived for the decoder under test is applied for the HRD as follows: 370. 370. id="p-370" id="p-370" id="p-370" id="p-370" id="p-370" id="p-370" id="p-370" id="p-370" id="p-370" id="p-370" id="p-370"
id="p-370"
[00370] – If NoOutputOfPriorPicsFlag is equal to 1, all picture storage buffers in the DPB are emptied without output of the pictures they contain and the DPB fullness is set equal to 0. 371. 371. id="p-371" id="p-371" id="p-371" id="p-371" id="p-371" id="p-371" id="p-371" id="p-371" id="p-371" id="p-371" id="p-371"
id="p-371"
[00371] – Otherwise (NoOutputOfPriorPicsFlag is equal to 0), all picture storage buffers containing a picture that is marked as "not needed for output" and "unused for reference" are emptied (without output) and all non-empty picture storage buffers in the DPB are emptied by repeatedly invoking the "bumping" process specified in clause C.5.2.4 and the DPB fullness is set equal to 0. 372. 372. id="p-372" id="p-372" id="p-372" id="p-372" id="p-372" id="p-372" id="p-372" id="p-372" id="p-372" id="p-372" id="p-372"
id="p-372"
[00372] – Otherwise (the current picture is not a CLVSS picture), all picture storage buffers containing a picture which are marked as "not needed for output" and "unused for reference" are emptied (without output). For each picture storage buffer that is emptied, the DPB fullness is decremented by one. When one or more of the following conditions are true, the "bumping" process specified in clause C.5.2.4 is invoked repeatedly while further decrementing the DPB fullness by one for each additional picture storage buffer that is emptied, until none of the following conditions are true: 373. 373. id="p-373" id="p-373" id="p-373" id="p-373" id="p-373" id="p-373" id="p-373" id="p-373" id="p-373" id="p-373" id="p-373"
id="p-373"
[00373] The number of pictures in the DPB that are marked as "needed for output" is greater than max_num_reorder_pics[ Htid ]. 65 374. 374. id="p-374" id="p-374" id="p-374" id="p-374" id="p-374" id="p-374" id="p-374" id="p-374" id="p-374" id="p-374" id="p-374"
id="p-374"
[00374] max_latency_increase_plus1[ Htid ] is not equal to 0 and there is at least one picture in the DPB that is marked as "needed for output" for which the associated variable PicLatencyCount is greater than or equal to MaxLatencyPictures[ Htid ]. 375. 375. id="p-375" id="p-375" id="p-375" id="p-375" id="p-375" id="p-375" id="p-375" id="p-375" id="p-375" id="p-375" id="p-375"
id="p-375"
[00375] The number of pictures in the DPB is greater than or equal to max_dec_pic_buffering_minus1[ Htid ] + 1. 376. 376. id="p-376" id="p-376" id="p-376" id="p-376" id="p-376" id="p-376" id="p-376" id="p-376" id="p-376" id="p-376" id="p-376"
id="p-376"
[00376] Additional bumping is described. 377. 377. id="p-377" id="p-377" id="p-377" id="p-377" id="p-377" id="p-377" id="p-377" id="p-377" id="p-377" id="p-377" id="p-377"
id="p-377"
[00377] The processes specified in this clause happen instantaneously when the last decoding unit of access unit n containing the current picture is removed from the CPB. 378. 378. id="p-378" id="p-378" id="p-378" id="p-378" id="p-378" id="p-378" id="p-378" id="p-378" id="p-378" id="p-378" id="p-378"
id="p-378"
[00378] When the current picture has PictureOutputFlag equal to 1, for each picture in the DPB that is marked as "needed for output" and follows the current picture in output order, the associated variable PicLatencyCount is set equal to PicLatencyCount + 1. 379. 379. id="p-379" id="p-379" id="p-379" id="p-379" id="p-379" id="p-379" id="p-379" id="p-379" id="p-379" id="p-379" id="p-379"
id="p-379"
[00379] The following applies: 380. 380. id="p-380" id="p-380" id="p-380" id="p-380" id="p-380" id="p-380" id="p-380" id="p-380" id="p-380" id="p-380" id="p-380"
id="p-380"
[00380] – If the current decoded picture has PictureOutputFlag equal to 1, it is marked as "needed for output" and its associated variable PicLatencyCount is set equal to 0. 381. 381. id="p-381" id="p-381" id="p-381" id="p-381" id="p-381" id="p-381" id="p-381" id="p-381" id="p-381" id="p-381" id="p-381"
id="p-381"
[00381] – Otherwise (the current decoded picture has PictureOutputFlag equal to 0), it is marked as "not needed for output". 382. 382. id="p-382" id="p-382" id="p-382" id="p-382" id="p-382" id="p-382" id="p-382" id="p-382" id="p-382" id="p-382" id="p-382"
id="p-382"
[00382] When one or more of the following conditions are true, the "bumping" process specified in clause C.5.2.4 is invoked repeatedly until none of the following conditions are true: 383. 383. id="p-383" id="p-383" id="p-383" id="p-383" id="p-383" id="p-383" id="p-383" id="p-383" id="p-383" id="p-383" id="p-383"
id="p-383"
[00383] – The number of pictures in the DPB that are marked as "needed for output" is greater than max_num_reorder_pics[ Htid ]. 384. 384. id="p-384" id="p-384" id="p-384" id="p-384" id="p-384" id="p-384" id="p-384" id="p-384" id="p-384" id="p-384" id="p-384"
id="p-384"
[00384] – max_latency_increase_plus1[ Htid ] is not equal to 0 and there is at least one picture in the DPB that is marked as "needed for output" for which the associated variable PicLatencyCount that is greater than or equal to MaxLatencyPictures[ Htid ]. 385. 385. id="p-385" id="p-385" id="p-385" id="p-385" id="p-385" id="p-385" id="p-385" id="p-385" id="p-385" id="p-385" id="p-385"
id="p-385"
[00385] The bumping process is described. 386. 386. id="p-386" id="p-386" id="p-386" id="p-386" id="p-386" id="p-386" id="p-386" id="p-386" id="p-386" id="p-386" id="p-386"
id="p-386"
[00386] The "bumping" process consists of the following ordered steps: 387. 387. id="p-387" id="p-387" id="p-387" id="p-387" id="p-387" id="p-387" id="p-387" id="p-387" id="p-387" id="p-387" id="p-387"
id="p-387"
[00387] The picture or pictures that are first for output are selected as the one having the smallest value of PicOrderCntVal of all pictures in the DPB marked as "needed for output". 388. 388. id="p-388" id="p-388" id="p-388" id="p-388" id="p-388" id="p-388" id="p-388" id="p-388" id="p-388" id="p-388" id="p-388"
id="p-388"
[00388] Each of these pictures, in ascending nuh_layer_id order, is cropped, using the conformance cropping window for the picture, the cropped picture is output, and the picture is marked as "not needed for output". 389. 389. id="p-389" id="p-389" id="p-389" id="p-389" id="p-389" id="p-389" id="p-389" id="p-389" id="p-389" id="p-389" id="p-389"
id="p-389"
[00389] Each picture storage buffer that contains a picture marked as "unused for reference" and that was one of the pictures cropped and output is emptied and the fullness of the associated sub-DPB is decremented by one. 66 390. 390. id="p-390" id="p-390" id="p-390" id="p-390" id="p-390" id="p-390" id="p-390" id="p-390" id="p-390" id="p-390" id="p-390"
id="p-390"
[00390] NOTE – For any two pictures picA and picB that belong to the same CVS and are output by the "bumping process", when picA is output earlier than picB, the value of PicOrderCntVal of picA is less than the value of PicOrderCntVal of picB. 391. 391. id="p-391" id="p-391" id="p-391" id="p-391" id="p-391" id="p-391" id="p-391" id="p-391" id="p-391" id="p-391" id="p-391"
id="p-391"
[00391] The sub-bitstream extraction process is described. 392. 392. id="p-392" id="p-392" id="p-392" id="p-392" id="p-392" id="p-392" id="p-392" id="p-392" id="p-392" id="p-392" id="p-392"
id="p-392"
[00392] Inputs to this process are a bitstream inBitstream, a target OLS index targetOlsIdx, and a target highest TemporalId value tIdTarget. 393. 393. id="p-393" id="p-393" id="p-393" id="p-393" id="p-393" id="p-393" id="p-393" id="p-393" id="p-393" id="p-393" id="p-393"
id="p-393"
[00393] Output of this process is a sub-bitstream outBitstream. 394. 394. id="p-394" id="p-394" id="p-394" id="p-394" id="p-394" id="p-394" id="p-394" id="p-394" id="p-394" id="p-394" id="p-394"
id="p-394"
[00394] It is a requirement of bitstream conformance for the input bitstream that any output sub-bitstream that is the output of the process specified in this clause with the bitstream, targetOlsIdx equal to an index to the list of OLSs specified by the VPS, and tIdTarget equal to any value in the range of 0 to 6, inclusive, as inputs, and that satisfies the following conditions shall be a conforming bitstream: 395. 395. id="p-395" id="p-395" id="p-395" id="p-395" id="p-395" id="p-395" id="p-395" id="p-395" id="p-395" id="p-395" id="p-395"
id="p-395"
[00395] – The output sub-bitstream contains at least one VCL NAL unit with nuh_layer_id equal to each of the nuh_layer_id values in LayerIdInOls[ targetOlsIdx ]. 396. 396. id="p-396" id="p-396" id="p-396" id="p-396" id="p-396" id="p-396" id="p-396" id="p-396" id="p-396" id="p-396" id="p-396"
id="p-396"
[00396] – The output sub-bitstream contains at least one VCL NAL unit with TemporalId equal to tIdTarget. 397. 397. id="p-397" id="p-397" id="p-397" id="p-397" id="p-397" id="p-397" id="p-397" id="p-397" id="p-397" id="p-397" id="p-397"
id="p-397"
[00397] NOTE – A conforming bitstream contains one or more coded slice NAL units with TemporalId equal to 0, but does not have to contain coded slice NAL units with nuh_layer_id equal to 0. 398. 398. id="p-398" id="p-398" id="p-398" id="p-398" id="p-398" id="p-398" id="p-398" id="p-398" id="p-398" id="p-398" id="p-398"
id="p-398"
[00398] The output sub-bitstream OutBitstream is derived as follows: 399. 399. id="p-399" id="p-399" id="p-399" id="p-399" id="p-399" id="p-399" id="p-399" id="p-399" id="p-399" id="p-399" id="p-399"
id="p-399"
[00399] – The bitstream outBitstream is set to be identical to the bitstream inBitstream. 400. 400. id="p-400" id="p-400" id="p-400" id="p-400" id="p-400" id="p-400" id="p-400" id="p-400" id="p-400" id="p-400" id="p-400"
id="p-400"
[00400] – Remove from outBitstream all NAL units with TemporalId greater than tIdTarget. 401. 401. id="p-401" id="p-401" id="p-401" id="p-401" id="p-401" id="p-401" id="p-401" id="p-401" id="p-401" id="p-401" id="p-401"
id="p-401"
[00401] – Remove from outBitstream all NAL units with nuh_layer_id not included in the list LayerIdInOls[ targetOlsIdx ]. 402. 402. id="p-402" id="p-402" id="p-402" id="p-402" id="p-402" id="p-402" id="p-402" id="p-402" id="p-402" id="p-402" id="p-402"
id="p-402"
[00402] – Remove from outBitstream all SEI NAL units that contain a scalable nesting SEI message that has nesting_ols_flag equal to 1 and there is no value of i in the range of 0 to nesting_num_olss_minus1, inclusive, such that NestingOlsIdx[ i ] is equal to targetOlsIdx. 403. 403. id="p-403" id="p-403" id="p-403" id="p-403" id="p-403" id="p-403" id="p-403" id="p-403" id="p-403" id="p-403" id="p-403"
id="p-403"
[00403] – When targetOlsIdx is greater than 0, remove from outBitstream all SEI NAL units that contain a non-scalable-nested SEI message with payloadType equal to 0 (buffering period), 1 (picture timing), or 130 (decoding unit information). 404. 404. id="p-404" id="p-404" id="p-404" id="p-404" id="p-404" id="p-404" id="p-404" id="p-404" id="p-404" id="p-404" id="p-404"
id="p-404"
[00404] Scalable nesting SEI message syntax is provided. 67 scalable_nesting( payloadSize ) { Descripto r nesting_ols_flag u(1) if( nesting_ols_flag ) { nesting_num_olss_minus1 ue(v) for( i = 0; i <= nesting_num_olss_minus1; i++ ) nesting_ols_idx_delta_minus1[ i ] ue(v) } else { nesting_all_layers_flag u(1) if( !nesting_all_layers_flag ) { nesting_num_layers_minus1 ue(v) for( i = 1; i <= nesting_num_layers_minus1; i++ ) nesting_layer_id[ i ] u(6) } } nesting_num_seis_minus1 ue(v) while( !byte_aligned( ) ) nesting_zero_bit /* equal to 0 */ u(1) for( i = 0; i <= nesting_num_seis_minus1; i++ ) sei_message( ) } 405. 405. id="p-405" id="p-405" id="p-405" id="p-405" id="p-405" id="p-405" id="p-405" id="p-405" id="p-405" id="p-405" id="p-405"
id="p-405"
[00405] General SEI payload semantics are provided. 406. 406. id="p-406" id="p-406" id="p-406" id="p-406" id="p-406" id="p-406" id="p-406" id="p-406" id="p-406" id="p-406" id="p-406"
id="p-406"
[00406] The following applies on the applicable layers or OLS of non-scalable-nested SEI messages. 407. 407. id="p-407" id="p-407" id="p-407" id="p-407" id="p-407" id="p-407" id="p-407" id="p-407" id="p-407" id="p-407" id="p-407"
id="p-407"
[00407] – For a non-scalable-nested SEI message, when payloadType is equal to 0 (buffering period), 1 (picture timing), or 130 (decoding unit information), the non-scalable- nested SEI message applies only to the 0-th OLS. 408. 408. id="p-408" id="p-408" id="p-408" id="p-408" id="p-408" id="p-408" id="p-408" id="p-408" id="p-408" id="p-408" id="p-408"
id="p-408"
[00408] – For a non-scalable-nested SEI message, when payloadType is equal to any value among VclAssociatedSeiList, the non-scalable-nested SEI message applies only to the layer for which the VCL NAL units have nuh_layer_id equal to the nuh_layer_id of the SEI NAL unit containing the SEI message. 409. 409. id="p-409" id="p-409" id="p-409" id="p-409" id="p-409" id="p-409" id="p-409" id="p-409" id="p-409" id="p-409" id="p-409"
id="p-409"
[00409] ... 68 410. 410. id="p-410" id="p-410" id="p-410" id="p-410" id="p-410" id="p-410" id="p-410" id="p-410" id="p-410" id="p-410" id="p-410"
id="p-410"
[00410] It is a requirement of bitstream conformance that the following restrictions apply on the value of nuh_layer_id of SEI NAL units: 411. 411. id="p-411" id="p-411" id="p-411" id="p-411" id="p-411" id="p-411" id="p-411" id="p-411" id="p-411" id="p-411" id="p-411"
id="p-411"
[00411] – When a non-scalable-nested SEI message has payloadType equal to 0 (buffering period), 1 (picture timing), or 130 (decoding unit information), the SEI NAL unit containing the non-scalable-nested SEI message shall have nuh_layer_id equal to vps_layer_id[ 0 ]. 412. 412. id="p-412" id="p-412" id="p-412" id="p-412" id="p-412" id="p-412" id="p-412" id="p-412" id="p-412" id="p-412" id="p-412"
id="p-412"
[00412] – When a non-scalable-nested SEI message has payloadType equal to any value among VclAssociatedSeiList, the SEI NAL unit containing the non-scalable-nested SEI message shall have nuh_layer_id equal to the value of nuh_layer_id of the VCL NAL unit associated with the SEI NAL unit. 413. 413. id="p-413" id="p-413" id="p-413" id="p-413" id="p-413" id="p-413" id="p-413" id="p-413" id="p-413" id="p-413" id="p-413"
id="p-413"
[00413] – An SEI NAL unit containing a scalable nesting SEI message shall have nuh_layer_id equal to the lowest value of nuh_layer_id of all layers to which the scalable- nested SEI message apply (when nesting_ols_flag of the scalable nesting SEI message is equal to 0) or the lowest value of nuh_layer_id of all layers in the OLSs to which the scalable- nested SEI message apply (when nesting_ols_flag of the scalable nesting SEI message is equal to 1). 414. 414. id="p-414" id="p-414" id="p-414" id="p-414" id="p-414" id="p-414" id="p-414" id="p-414" id="p-414" id="p-414" id="p-414"
id="p-414"
[00414] The scalable nesting SEI message semantics are provided. 415. 415. id="p-415" id="p-415" id="p-415" id="p-415" id="p-415" id="p-415" id="p-415" id="p-415" id="p-415" id="p-415" id="p-415"
id="p-415"
[00415] The scalable nesting SEI message provides a mechanism to associate SEI messages with specific OLSs or with specific layers. 416. 416. id="p-416" id="p-416" id="p-416" id="p-416" id="p-416" id="p-416" id="p-416" id="p-416" id="p-416" id="p-416" id="p-416"
id="p-416"
[00416] A scalable nesting SEI message contains one or more SEI messages. The SEI messages contained in the scalable nesting SEI message are also referred to as the scalable- nested SEI messages. 417. 417. id="p-417" id="p-417" id="p-417" id="p-417" id="p-417" id="p-417" id="p-417" id="p-417" id="p-417" id="p-417" id="p-417"
id="p-417"
[00417] It is a requirement of bitstream conformance that the following restrictions apply on containing of SEI messages in a scalable nesting SEI message: 418. 418. id="p-418" id="p-418" id="p-418" id="p-418" id="p-418" id="p-418" id="p-418" id="p-418" id="p-418" id="p-418" id="p-418"
id="p-418"
[00418] – An SEI message that has payloadType equal to 132 (decoded picture hash) or 133 (scalable nesting) shall not be contained in a scalable nesting SEI message. 419. 419. id="p-419" id="p-419" id="p-419" id="p-419" id="p-419" id="p-419" id="p-419" id="p-419" id="p-419" id="p-419" id="p-419"
id="p-419"
[00419] – When a scalable nesting SEI message contains a buffering period, picture timing, or decoding unit information SEI message, the scalable nesting SEI message shall not contain any other SEI message with payloadType not equal to 0 (buffering period), 1 (picture timing), or 130 (decoding unit information). 420. 420. id="p-420" id="p-420" id="p-420" id="p-420" id="p-420" id="p-420" id="p-420" id="p-420" id="p-420" id="p-420" id="p-420"
id="p-420"
[00420] It is a requirement of bitstream conformance that the following restrictions apply on the value of the nal_unit_type of the SEI NAL unit containing a scalable nesting SEI message: 69 421. 421. id="p-421" id="p-421" id="p-421" id="p-421" id="p-421" id="p-421" id="p-421" id="p-421" id="p-421" id="p-421" id="p-421"
id="p-421"
[00421] – When a scalable nesting SEI message contains an SEI message that has payloadType equal to 0 (buffering period), 1 (picture timing), 130 (decoding unit information), 145 (dependent RAP indication), or 168 (frame-field information), the SEI NAL unit containing the scalable nesting SEI message shall have nal_unit_type equal to PREFIX_SEI_NUT. 422. 422. id="p-422" id="p-422" id="p-422" id="p-422" id="p-422" id="p-422" id="p-422" id="p-422" id="p-422" id="p-422" id="p-422"
id="p-422"
[00422] nesting_ols_flag equal to 1 specifies that the scalable-nested SEI messages apply to specific OLSs. nesting_ols_flag equal to 0 specifies that the scalable-nested SEI messages apply to specific layers. 423. 423. id="p-423" id="p-423" id="p-423" id="p-423" id="p-423" id="p-423" id="p-423" id="p-423" id="p-423" id="p-423" id="p-423"
id="p-423"
[00423] It is a requirement of bitstream conformance that the following restrictions apply on the value of nesting_ols_flag: 424. 424. id="p-424" id="p-424" id="p-424" id="p-424" id="p-424" id="p-424" id="p-424" id="p-424" id="p-424" id="p-424" id="p-424"
id="p-424"
[00424] – When the scalable nesting SEI message contains an SEI message that has payloadType equal to 0 (buffering period), 1 (picture timing), or 130 (decoding unit information), the value of nesting_ols_flag shall be equal to 1. 425. 425. id="p-425" id="p-425" id="p-425" id="p-425" id="p-425" id="p-425" id="p-425" id="p-425" id="p-425" id="p-425" id="p-425"
id="p-425"
[00425] – When the scalable nesting SEI message contains an SEI message that has payloadType equal to a value in VclAssociatedSeiList, the value of nesting_ols_flag shall be equal to 0. 426. 426. id="p-426" id="p-426" id="p-426" id="p-426" id="p-426" id="p-426" id="p-426" id="p-426" id="p-426" id="p-426" id="p-426"
id="p-426"
[00426] nesting_num_olss_minus1 plus 1 specifies the number of OLSs to which the scalable-nested SEI messages apply. The value of nesting_num_olss_minus1 shall be in the range of 0 to TotalNumOlss − 1, inclusive. 427. 427. id="p-427" id="p-427" id="p-427" id="p-427" id="p-427" id="p-427" id="p-427" id="p-427" id="p-427" id="p-427" id="p-427"
id="p-427"
[00427] nesting_ols_idx_delta_minus1[ i ] is used to derive the variable NestingOlsIdx[ i ] that specifies the OLS index of the i-th OLS to which the scalable-nested SEI messages apply when nesting_ols_flag is equal to 1. The value of nesting_ols_idx_delta_minus1[ i ] shall be in the range of 0 to TotalNumOlss − 2, inclusive, inclusive. 428. 428. id="p-428" id="p-428" id="p-428" id="p-428" id="p-428" id="p-428" id="p-428" id="p-428" id="p-428" id="p-428" id="p-428"
id="p-428"
[00428] The variable NestingOlsIdx[ i ] is derived as follows. if( i = = 0 ) NestingOlsIdx[ i ] = nesting_ols_idx_delta_minus1[ i ] else NestingOlsIdx[ i ] = NestingOlsIdx[ i − 1 ] + nesting_ols_idx_delta_minus1[ i ] + 1 429. 429. id="p-429" id="p-429" id="p-429" id="p-429" id="p-429" id="p-429" id="p-429" id="p-429" id="p-429" id="p-429" id="p-429"
id="p-429"
[00429] nesting_all_layers_flag equal to 1 specifies that the scalable-nested SEI messages apply to all layers that have nuh_layer_id greater than or equal to the nuh_layer_id of the current SEI NAL unit. nesting_all_layers_flag equal to 0 specifies that the scalable- 70 nested SEI messages may or may not apply to all layers that have nuh_layer_id greater than or equal to the nuh_layer_id of the current SEI NAL unit. 430. 430. id="p-430" id="p-430" id="p-430" id="p-430" id="p-430" id="p-430" id="p-430" id="p-430" id="p-430" id="p-430" id="p-430"
id="p-430"
[00430] nesting_num_layers_minus1 plus 1 specifies the number of layers to which the scalable-nested SEI messages apply. The value of nesting_num_layers_minus1 shall be in the range of 0 to vps_max_layers_minus1 − GeneralLayerIdx[ nuh_layer_id ], inclusive, where nuh_layer_id is the nuh_layer_id of the current SEI NAL unit. 431. 431. id="p-431" id="p-431" id="p-431" id="p-431" id="p-431" id="p-431" id="p-431" id="p-431" id="p-431" id="p-431" id="p-431"
id="p-431"
[00431] nesting_layer_id[ i ] specifies the nuh_layer_id value of the i-th layer to which the scalable-nested SEI messages apply when nesting_all_layers_flag is equal to 0. The value of nesting_layer_id[ i ] shall be greater than nuh_layer_id, where nuh_layer_id is the nuh_layer_id of the current SEI NAL unit. 432. 432. id="p-432" id="p-432" id="p-432" id="p-432" id="p-432" id="p-432" id="p-432" id="p-432" id="p-432" id="p-432" id="p-432"
id="p-432"
[00432] When nesting_ols_flag is equal to 0, the variable NestingNumLayers, specifying the nubmer of layer to which the scalable-nested SEI messages apply, and the list NestingLayerId[ i ] for i in the range of 0 to NestingNumLayers − 1, inclusive, specifying the list of nuh_layer_id value of the layers to which the scalable-nested SEI messages apply, are derived as follows, where nuh_layer_id is the nuh_layer_id of the current SEI NAL unit. if( nesting_all_layers_flag ) { NestingNumLayers = ps_max_layers_minus1 + 1 − GeneralLayerIdx[ nuh_layer_id ] for( i = 0; i < NestingNumLayers; i ++) NestingLayerId[ i ] = vps_layer_id[ GeneralLayerIdx[ nuh_layer_id ] + i ] } else { NestingNumLayers = nesting_num_layers_minus1 + 1 for( i = 0; i < NestingNumLayers; i ++) NestingLayerId[ i ] = ( i = = 0 ) ? nuh_layer_id : nesting_layer_id[ i ] } 433. 433. id="p-433" id="p-433" id="p-433" id="p-433" id="p-433" id="p-433" id="p-433" id="p-433" id="p-433" id="p-433" id="p-433"
id="p-433"
[00433] nesting_num_seis_minus1 plus 1 specifies the number of scalable-nested SEI messages. The value of nesting_num_seis_minus1 shall be in the range of 0 to 63, inclusive. 434. 434. id="p-434" id="p-434" id="p-434" id="p-434" id="p-434" id="p-434" id="p-434" id="p-434" id="p-434" id="p-434" id="p-434"
id="p-434"
[00434] nesting_zero_bit shall be equal to 0. 435. 435. id="p-435" id="p-435" id="p-435" id="p-435" id="p-435" id="p-435" id="p-435" id="p-435" id="p-435" id="p-435" id="p-435"
id="p-435"
[00435] FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a video coding device 1100 (e.g., a video encoder 300 or a video decoder 400) according to an embodiment of the disclosure. The video coding device 1100 is suitable for implementing the disclosed embodiments as described herein. The video coding device 1100 comprises ingress ports 1110 and receiver units (Rx) 1120 for receiving data; a processor, logic unit, or central processing unit (CPU) 1130 to process the data; transmitter units (Tx) 1140 and egress ports 1150 for transmitting 71 the data; and a memory 1160 for storing the data. The video coding device 1100 may also comprise optical-to-electrical (OE) components and electrical-to-optical (EO) components coupled to the ingress ports 1110, the receiver units 1120, the transmitter units 1140, and the egress ports 1150 for egress or ingress of optical or electrical signals. 436. 436. id="p-436" id="p-436" id="p-436" id="p-436" id="p-436" id="p-436" id="p-436" id="p-436" id="p-436" id="p-436" id="p-436"
id="p-436"
[00436] The processor 1130 is implemented by hardware and software. The processor 1130 may be implemented as one or more CPU chips, cores (e.g., as a multi-core processor), field-programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), and digital signal processors (DSPs). The processor 1130 is in communication with the ingress ports 1110, receiver units 1120, transmitter units 1140, egress ports 1150, and memory 1160. The processor 1130 comprises a coding module 1170. The coding module 1170 implements the disclosed embodiments described above. For instance, the coding module 1170 implements, processes, prepares, or provides the various codec functions. The inclusion of the coding module 1170 therefore provides a substantial improvement to the functionality of the video coding device 1100 and effects a transformation of the video coding device 1100 to a different state. Alternatively, the coding module 1170 is implemented as instructions stored in the memory 1160 and executed by the processor 1130. 437. 437. id="p-437" id="p-437" id="p-437" id="p-437" id="p-437" id="p-437" id="p-437" id="p-437" id="p-437" id="p-437" id="p-437"
id="p-437"
[00437] The video coding device 1100 may also include input and/or output (I/O) devices 1180 for communicating data to and from a user. The I/O devices 1180 may include output devices such as a display for displaying video data, speakers for outputting audio data, etc. The I/O devices 1180 may also include input devices, such as a keyboard, mouse, trackball, etc., and/or corresponding interfaces for interacting with such output devices. 438. 438. id="p-438" id="p-438" id="p-438" id="p-438" id="p-438" id="p-438" id="p-438" id="p-438" id="p-438" id="p-438" id="p-438"
id="p-438"
[00438] The memory 1160 comprises one or more disks, tape drives, and solid-state drives and may be used as an over-flow data storage device, to store programs when such programs are selected for execution, and to store instructions and data that are read during program execution. The memory 1160 may be volatile and/or non-volatile and may be read- only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), ternary content-addressable memory (TCAM), and/or static random-access memory (SRAM). 439. 439. id="p-439" id="p-439" id="p-439" id="p-439" id="p-439" id="p-439" id="p-439" id="p-439" id="p-439" id="p-439" id="p-439"
id="p-439"
[00439] FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a means for coding 1200.
In an embodiment, the means for coding 1200 is implemented in a video coding device 1202 (e.g., a video encoder 300 or a video decoder 400). The video coding device 1202 includes receiving means 1201. The receiving means 1201 is configured to receive a picture to encode or to receive a bitstream to decode. The video coding device 1202 includes transmission means 1207 coupled to the receiving means 1201. The transmission means 1207 is configured to transmit the bitstream to a decoder or to transmit a decoded image to a display means (e.g., one of the I/O devices 1180). 72 440. 440. id="p-440" id="p-440" id="p-440" id="p-440" id="p-440" id="p-440" id="p-440" id="p-440" id="p-440" id="p-440" id="p-440"
id="p-440"
[00440] The video coding device 1202 includes a storage means 1203. The storage means 1203 is coupled to at least one of the receiving means 1201 or the transmission means 1207. The storage means 1203 is configured to store instructions. The video coding device 1202 also includes processing means 1205. The processing means 1205 is coupled to the storage means 1203. The processing means 1205 is configured to execute the instructions stored in the storage means 1203 to perform the methods disclosed herein. 441. 441. id="p-441" id="p-441" id="p-441" id="p-441" id="p-441" id="p-441" id="p-441" id="p-441" id="p-441" id="p-441" id="p-441"
id="p-441"
[00441] It should also be understood that the steps of the exemplary methods set forth herein are not necessarily required to be performed in the order described, and the order of the steps of such methods should be understood to be merely exemplary. Likewise, additional steps may be included in such methods, and certain steps may be omitted or combined, in methods consistent with various embodiments of the present disclosure. 442. 442. id="p-442" id="p-442" id="p-442" id="p-442" id="p-442" id="p-442" id="p-442" id="p-442" id="p-442" id="p-442" id="p-442"
id="p-442"
[00442] While several embodiments have been provided in the present disclosure, it should be understood that the disclosed systems and methods might be embodied in many other specific forms without departing from the spirit or scope of the present disclosure. The present examples are to be considered as illustrative and not restrictive, and the intention is not to be limited to the details given herein. For example, the various elements or components may be combined or integrated in another system or certain features may be omitted, or not implemented. 443. 443. id="p-443" id="p-443" id="p-443" id="p-443" id="p-443" id="p-443" id="p-443" id="p-443" id="p-443" id="p-443" id="p-443"
id="p-443"
[00443] In addition, techniques, systems, subsystems, and methods described and illustrated in the various embodiments as discrete or separate may be combined or integrated with other systems, modules, techniques, or methods without departing from the scope of the present disclosure. Other items shown or discussed as coupled or directly coupled or communicating with each other may be indirectly coupled or communicating through some interface, device, or intermediate component whether electrically, mechanically, or otherwise.
Other examples of changes, substitutions, and alterations are ascertainable by one skilled in the art and could be made without departing from the spirit and scope disclosed herein. 73 ABSTRACT Avoidance of Redundant Signaling in Multi-Layer Video Bitstreams A method of decoding is provided. The method includes receiving a video bitstream including a plurality of layers having sublayers and a video parameter set (VPS) including a first flag having a first value, wherein the first flag having the first value specifies that temporal identifiers (IDs) of a highest sublayer representation for level information, decoded picture buffer (DPB) parameters, and hypothetical decoder refresh (HRD) parameters are not present in the VPS and are inferred to be equal to a maximum number of the sublayers that may be present in a layer of the plurality of layers specified by the VPS; obtaining the level information, the HRD parameters, and the DPB parameters corresponding to the temporal ID of the highest sublayer representation from the VPS; and decoding a picture from one of the plurality of layers to obtain a decoded picture. A corresponding method of encoding is also provided. 79 C L A I M S
Claims (28)
1. A method of decoding implemented by a video decoder, comprising: receiving, by the video decoder, a video bitstream including a plurality of layers having sublayers and a video parameter set (VPS) including a first flag having a first value, wherein the first flag having the first value specifies that a temporal identifier (ID) of a highest sublayer representation for level information, a temporal identifier (ID) of a highest sublayer representation for decoded picture buffer (DPB) parameters, and a temporal identifier (ID) of a highest sublayer representation for hypothetical decoder refresh (HRD) parameters are not present in the VPS and are inferred to be equal to a maximum number of the sublayers that may be present in a layer of the plurality of layers specified by the VPS; obtaining, by the video decoder, the level information, the HRD parameters, and the DPB parameters corresponding to the temporal ID of the highest sublayer representation from the VPS; and decoding, by the video decoder, a picture from one of the plurality of layers to obtain a decoded picture.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein the maximum number of sublayers is in a range of one to seven, and wherein the first value is one and the second value is zero.
3. The method of any of claims 1 to 2, wherein the level information is included in profile, tier, and level (PTL) parameters.
4. The method of any of claims 1 to 3, wherein the level information is present in an i- th profile_tier_level( ) syntax structure in the VPS.
5. The method of any of claims 1 to 4, wherein the DPB parameters are present in an i- th dpb_parameters( ) syntax structure in the VPS.
6. The method of any of claims 1 to 5, wherein the HRD parameters in an i-th ols_timing_hrd_parameters( ) syntax structure are in the VPS or a sequence parameter set (SPS). 74
7. The method of any of claims 1 to 6, wherein the picture is decoded using one or both of the level information and the DPB parameters.
8. The method of any of claims 1 to 7, wherein the picture is decoded without using the HRD parameters.
9. The method of any of claims 1 to 8, further comprising displaying the decoded picture on a display of an electronic device.
10. A method of encoding implemented by a video encoder, the method comprising: generating, by the video encoder, a plurality of layers having sublayers and a video parameter set (VPS) including a first flag; setting, by the video encoder, the first flag to a first value to specify that a temporal identifier (ID) of a highest sublayer representation for level information, a temporal identifier (ID) of a highest sublayer representation for decoded picture buffer (DPB) parameters, and a temporal identifier (ID) of a highest sublayer representation for hypothetical decoder refresh (HRD) parameters are not present in the VPS and should be inferred to be equal to a maximum number of the sublayers that may be present in a layer of the plurality of layers specified by the VPS; encoding, by the video encoder, the plurality of layers and the VPS into a video bitstream; and storing, by the video encoder, the video bitstream for communication toward a video decoder.
11. The method of claim 10, wherein the maximum number of sublayers is in a range of one to seven.
12. The method of any of claims 10 to 11, wherein the level information is included in profile, tier, and level (PTL) parameters.
13. The method of any of claims 10 to 12, wherein the level information is present in an i-th profile_tier_level( ) syntax structure in the VPS, the DPB parameters are present in an i- th dpb_parameters( ) syntax structure in the VPS, and the HRD parameters in an i-th 75 ols_timing_hrd_parameters( ) syntax structure in the VPS or a sequence parameter set (SPS).
14. The method of any of claims 10 to 13, further comprising determining whether the video bitstream that was encoded is conforming using the HRD parameters.
15. A decoding device, comprising: a receiver configured to receive a video bitstream including a plurality of layers having sublayers and a video parameter set (VPS) including a first flag having a first value, wherein the first flag having the first value specifies that a temporal identifier (ID) of a highest sublayer representation for level information, a temporal identifier (ID) of a highest sublayer representation for decoded picture buffer (DPB) parameters, and a temporal identifier (ID) of a highest sublayer representation for hypothetical decoder refresh (HRD) parameters are not present in the VPS and are inferred to be equal to a maximum number of the sublayers that may be present in a layer of the plurality of layers specified by the VPS; and a processor coupled to the memory, the processor configured to execute the instructions to cause the decoding device to: obtain the level information, the HRD parameters, and the DPB parameters corresponding to the temporal ID of the highest sublayer representation from the VPS; and decode a picture from one of the plurality of layers to obtain a decoded picture.
16. The decoding device of claim 15, wherein the maximum number of sublayers is in a range of one to seven.
17. The decoding device of any of claims 15 to 16, wherein the level information is included in profile, tier, and level (PTL) parameters.
18. The decoding device of any of claims 15 to 17, wherein the level information is present in an i-th profile_tier_level( ) syntax structure in the VPS, the DPB parameters are present in an i-th dpb_parameters( ) syntax structure in the VPS, and the HRD parameters in an i-th ols_timing_hrd_parameters( ) syntax structure in the VPS or a sequence parameter set (SPS). 76
19. The decoding device of any of claims 15 to 18, wherein the picture is decoded using one or both of the level information and the DPB parameters.
20. The decoding device of any of claims 15 to 19, further comprising a display configured to display the decoded picture.
21. An encoding device, comprising: a memory containing instructions; a processor coupled to the memory, the processor configured to implement the instructions to cause the encoding device to: generate a plurality of layers having sublayers and a video parameter set (VPS) including a first flag; set the first flag to a first value to specify that a temporal identifier (ID) of a highest sublayer representation for level information, a temporal identifier (ID) of a highest sublayer representation for decoded picture buffer (DPB) parameters, a temporal identifier (ID) of a highest sublayer representation for and hypothetical decoder refresh (HRD) parameters is not present in the VPS and should be inferred to be equal to a maximum number of the sublayers that may be present in a layer of the plurality of layers specified by the VPS; and encode the plurality of layers and the VPS into a video bitstream; and a transmitter coupled to the processor, the transmitter configured to transmit the video bitstream toward a video decoder.
22. The encoding device of claim 21, wherein the maximum number of sublayers is in a range of one to seven.
23. The encoding device of any of claims 21 to 22, wherein the level information is included in profile, tier, and level (PTL) parameters.
24. The encoding device of any of claims 23 to 25, wherein the level information is present in an i-th profile_tier_level( ) syntax structure in the VPS, the DPB parameters are present in an i-th dpb_parameters( ) syntax structure in the VPS, and the HRD parameters in an i-th ols_timing_hrd_parameters( ) syntax structure in the VPS or a sequence parameter set (SPS). 77
25. A coding apparatus, comprising: a receiver configured to receive a picture to encode or to receive a bitstream to decode; a transmitter coupled to the receiver, the transmitter configured to transmit the bitstream to a decoder or to transmit a decoded image to a display; a memory coupled to at least one of the receiver or the transmitter, the memory configured to store instructions; and a processor coupled to the memory, the processor configured to execute the instructions stored in the memory to perform the method in any of claims 1 to 9 and any of claims 10 to 14.
26. The coding apparatus of claim 25, further comprising a display configured to display a decoded picture.
27. A system, comprising: an encoder; and a decoder in communication with the encoder, wherein the encoder or the decoder includes the decoding device, the encoding device, or the coding apparatus of any of claims 15 to 26.
28. A means for coding, comprising: receiving means configured to receive a picture to encode or to receive a bitstream to decode; transmission means coupled to the receiving means, the transmission means configured to transmit the bitstream to a decoding means or to transmit a decoded image to a display means; storage means coupled to at least one of the receiving means or the transmission means, the storage means configured to store instructions; and processing means coupled to the storage means, the processing means configured to execute the instructions stored in the storage means to perform the method in any of claims 1 to 9 and any of claims 10 to 14. 78
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US201962911808P | 2019-10-07 | 2019-10-07 | |
| PCT/US2020/054448 WO2021022267A2 (en) | 2019-10-07 | 2020-10-06 | Avoidance of redundant signaling in multi-layer video bitstreams |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| IL292060A true IL292060A (en) | 2022-06-01 |
Family
ID=74228311
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| IL292060A IL292060A (en) | 2019-10-07 | 2020-10-06 | Avoidance of redundant signaling in multi-layer video bitstreams |
Country Status (12)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| US (7) | US20220232258A1 (en) |
| EP (7) | EP4026334A4 (en) |
| JP (12) | JP7451691B2 (en) |
| KR (7) | KR20220071275A (en) |
| CN (14) | CN114845118B (en) |
| AU (7) | AU2020319904A1 (en) |
| BR (12) | BR112022006429A2 (en) |
| CA (4) | CA3156987A1 (en) |
| CL (4) | CL2022000858A1 (en) |
| IL (1) | IL292060A (en) |
| MX (4) | MX2022004138A (en) |
| WO (7) | WO2021022272A2 (en) |
Families Citing this family (20)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP7472425B2 (en) * | 2019-09-24 | 2024-04-23 | ホアウェイ・テクノロジーズ・カンパニー・リミテッド | DECODER-IMPLEMENTED METHOD, ENCODER-IMPLEMENTED METHOD, VIDEO CODING DEVICE, COMPUTER PROGRAM, DECODER, ENCODER, AND METHOD FOR GENERATING A BITSTREAM - Patent application |
| WO2021112037A1 (en) * | 2019-12-06 | 2021-06-10 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Systems and methods for signaling temporal sublayer information in video coding |
| EP4310796A3 (en) | 2019-12-26 | 2024-04-10 | ByteDance Inc. | Profile, tier and layer indication in video coding |
| EP4062319A4 (en) | 2019-12-26 | 2023-01-11 | ByteDance Inc. | Signaling of decoded picture buffer parameters in layered video |
| JP2023508680A (en) | 2019-12-27 | 2023-03-03 | バイトダンス インコーポレイテッド | Subpicture signaling in video coding |
| EP4082200A4 (en) * | 2019-12-27 | 2023-07-05 | Alibaba Group Holding Limited | Methods and systems for performing gradual decoding refresh processing on pictures |
| WO2021137597A1 (en) * | 2019-12-30 | 2021-07-08 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Image decoding method and device using dpb parameter for ols |
| US20220417526A1 (en) * | 2019-12-30 | 2022-12-29 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Image decoding method for coding dpb parameter, and device therefor |
| KR20220101717A (en) * | 2019-12-30 | 2022-07-19 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Video information-based video decoding method including OLS DPB parameter index and apparatus therefor |
| KR20220124702A (en) | 2020-01-09 | 2022-09-14 | 바이트댄스 아이엔씨 | Constraints on value ranges in video bitstreams |
| KR20220157382A (en) | 2020-03-21 | 2022-11-29 | 베이징 바이트댄스 네트워크 테크놀로지 컴퍼니, 리미티드 | Reference picture resampling |
| US11228776B1 (en) * | 2020-03-27 | 2022-01-18 | Tencent America LLC | Method for output layer set mode in multilayered video stream |
| US11509920B2 (en) * | 2020-03-27 | 2022-11-22 | Tencent America LLC | Indication of max sublayer numbers in multilayered video stream |
| US11818398B2 (en) * | 2020-05-06 | 2023-11-14 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Systems and methods for signaling video parameter information in video coding |
| US11477471B2 (en) * | 2020-05-20 | 2022-10-18 | Tencent America LLC | Techniques for signaling combination of reference picture resampling and spatial scalability |
| EP4154523A4 (en) | 2020-06-08 | 2023-11-22 | ByteDance Inc. | Constraints of slice count in a coded video picture |
| US11503342B2 (en) * | 2020-06-10 | 2022-11-15 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Systems and methods for signaling sequence parameter information in video coding |
| EP4154533A4 (en) | 2020-06-20 | 2023-11-01 | Beijing Bytedance Network Technology Co., Ltd. | Inter layer prediction with different coding block size |
| US20220109865A1 (en) * | 2020-10-02 | 2022-04-07 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Systems and methods for signaling picture buffer information for intra random access point picture sub-bitstreams in video coding |
| US11765376B2 (en) * | 2020-10-08 | 2023-09-19 | Tencent America LLC | Pruning methods and apparatuses for neural network based video coding |
Family Cites Families (46)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2008060125A1 (en) * | 2006-11-17 | 2008-05-22 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method and apparatus for decoding/encoding a video signal |
| EP2684293A4 (en) * | 2011-03-10 | 2014-10-29 | Vidyo Inc | Dependency parameter set for scalable video coding |
| US9131245B2 (en) * | 2011-09-23 | 2015-09-08 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Reference picture list construction for video coding |
| EP2842322A1 (en) * | 2012-04-24 | 2015-03-04 | Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (Publ) | Encoding and deriving parameters for coded multi-layer video sequences |
| US9602827B2 (en) * | 2012-07-02 | 2017-03-21 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Video parameter set including an offset syntax element |
| US9161039B2 (en) | 2012-09-24 | 2015-10-13 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Bitstream properties in video coding |
| US10021394B2 (en) * | 2012-09-24 | 2018-07-10 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Hypothetical reference decoder parameters in video coding |
| US9942545B2 (en) * | 2013-01-03 | 2018-04-10 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Methods and apparatus for indicating picture buffer size for coded scalable video |
| US20140218473A1 (en) * | 2013-01-07 | 2014-08-07 | Nokia Corporation | Method and apparatus for video coding and decoding |
| US9992493B2 (en) | 2013-04-01 | 2018-06-05 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Inter-layer reference picture restriction for high level syntax-only scalable video coding |
| RU2746310C2 (en) * | 2013-04-07 | 2021-04-12 | Долби Интернэшнл Аб | Method for decoding video bitstream |
| US20140301477A1 (en) * | 2013-04-07 | 2014-10-09 | Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. | Signaling dpb parameters in vps extension and dpb operation |
| US9591321B2 (en) | 2013-04-07 | 2017-03-07 | Dolby International Ab | Signaling change in output layer sets |
| US9473771B2 (en) * | 2013-04-08 | 2016-10-18 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Coding video data for an output layer set |
| JP6505026B2 (en) | 2013-07-10 | 2019-04-24 | シャープ株式会社 | Encoding method |
| EP3022921A4 (en) * | 2013-07-14 | 2017-03-15 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Signaling indications and constraints |
| KR20150009424A (en) | 2013-07-15 | 2015-01-26 | 한국전자통신연구원 | Method and apparatus for image encoding and decoding using inter-layer prediction based on temporal sub-layer information |
| US9794579B2 (en) * | 2013-07-15 | 2017-10-17 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Decoded picture buffer operations for video coding |
| US9819941B2 (en) * | 2013-10-10 | 2017-11-14 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Signaling for sub-decoded picture buffer (sub-DPB) based DPB operations in video coding |
| US20160249056A1 (en) | 2013-10-10 | 2016-08-25 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Image decoding device, image coding device, and coded data |
| US20160261878A1 (en) * | 2013-10-11 | 2016-09-08 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Signaling information for coding |
| KR101869882B1 (en) * | 2013-10-11 | 2018-06-25 | 브이아이디 스케일, 인크. | High level syntax for hevc extensions |
| WO2015052943A1 (en) * | 2013-10-13 | 2015-04-16 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Signaling parameters in vps extension and dpb operation |
| US10264272B2 (en) * | 2013-10-15 | 2019-04-16 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Device and method for scalable coding of video information |
| KR20160104678A (en) * | 2014-01-02 | 2016-09-05 | 브이아이디 스케일, 인크. | Sub-bitstream extraction process for hevc extensions |
| WO2015102042A1 (en) * | 2014-01-02 | 2015-07-09 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Parameter set signaling |
| JP6465863B2 (en) * | 2014-03-14 | 2019-02-06 | シャープ株式会社 | Image decoding apparatus, image decoding method, and recording medium |
| WO2015137237A1 (en) * | 2014-03-14 | 2015-09-17 | シャープ株式会社 | Image decoding device |
| WO2015138979A2 (en) * | 2014-03-14 | 2015-09-17 | Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. | Dpb capacity limits |
| US9866869B2 (en) * | 2014-03-17 | 2018-01-09 | Qualcomm Incorporated | POC value design for multi-layer video coding |
| JP2015195543A (en) | 2014-03-26 | 2015-11-05 | シャープ株式会社 | Image decoder and image encoder |
| US9641851B2 (en) * | 2014-04-18 | 2017-05-02 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Conformance window information in multi-layer coding |
| US9712871B2 (en) * | 2014-05-01 | 2017-07-18 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Determination bitstream decoding capability in video coding |
| US9699480B2 (en) * | 2014-06-13 | 2017-07-04 | Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. | Level limits |
| US20170134742A1 (en) | 2014-06-18 | 2017-05-11 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Slice type and decoder conformance |
| US9756355B2 (en) * | 2014-06-20 | 2017-09-05 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Value ranges for syntax elements in video coding |
| US10356415B2 (en) * | 2014-06-20 | 2019-07-16 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Systems and methods for constraining representation format parameters for a parameter set |
| US20150373350A1 (en) * | 2014-06-20 | 2015-12-24 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Temporal motion vector prediction (tmvp) indication in multi-layer codecs |
| US10432951B2 (en) * | 2014-06-24 | 2019-10-01 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Conformance and inoperability improvements in multi-layer video coding |
| US9538137B2 (en) * | 2015-04-09 | 2017-01-03 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Mitigating loss in inter-operability scenarios for digital video |
| CN107852511B (en) * | 2015-07-16 | 2020-09-22 | 杜比实验室特许公司 | Signal shaping and encoding for HDR and wide color gamut signals |
| WO2021045128A1 (en) * | 2019-09-06 | 2021-03-11 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Systems and methods for signaling temporal sub-layer information in video coding |
| US11375223B2 (en) * | 2019-09-20 | 2022-06-28 | Tencent America LLC | Method for signaling output layer set with sub-picture |
| US11159827B2 (en) * | 2019-09-23 | 2021-10-26 | Tencent America LLC | Method for signaling output layer set with sub picture |
| CA3152464A1 (en) * | 2019-09-24 | 2021-04-01 | Xiang Ma | Methods and systems to signal inter-layer enabled syntax element in video coding |
| US20220109865A1 (en) * | 2020-10-02 | 2022-04-07 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Systems and methods for signaling picture buffer information for intra random access point picture sub-bitstreams in video coding |
-
2020
- 2020-10-06 BR BR112022006429A patent/BR112022006429A2/en unknown
- 2020-10-06 KR KR1020227015129A patent/KR20220071275A/en active Search and Examination
- 2020-10-06 CN CN202210487438.1A patent/CN114845118B/en active Active
- 2020-10-06 BR BR122022009673-5A patent/BR122022009673A2/en unknown
- 2020-10-06 BR BR122022009671-9A patent/BR122022009671A2/en unknown
- 2020-10-06 MX MX2022004138A patent/MX2022004138A/en unknown
- 2020-10-06 JP JP2022521010A patent/JP7451691B2/en active Active
- 2020-10-06 MX MX2022004139A patent/MX2022004139A/en unknown
- 2020-10-06 EP EP20846894.2A patent/EP4026334A4/en active Pending
- 2020-10-06 WO PCT/US2020/054453 patent/WO2021022272A2/en unknown
- 2020-10-06 CA CA3156987A patent/CA3156987A1/en active Pending
- 2020-10-06 KR KR1020227015375A patent/KR20220070538A/en active Search and Examination
- 2020-10-06 KR KR1020227015249A patent/KR20220070325A/en unknown
- 2020-10-06 CA CA3156990A patent/CA3156990A1/en active Pending
- 2020-10-06 BR BR122022009696-4A patent/BR122022009696A2/en unknown
- 2020-10-06 KR KR1020227015232A patent/KR20220071277A/en unknown
- 2020-10-06 CA CA3156989A patent/CA3156989A1/en active Pending
- 2020-10-06 EP EP20848015.2A patent/EP4032296A4/en active Pending
- 2020-10-06 CN CN202311318273.6A patent/CN117528100A/en active Pending
- 2020-10-06 AU AU2020319904A patent/AU2020319904A1/en active Pending
- 2020-10-06 WO PCT/US2020/054454 patent/WO2021022273A1/en unknown
- 2020-10-06 JP JP2022521012A patent/JP7439249B2/en active Active
- 2020-10-06 CN CN202080070375.9A patent/CN114514751B/en active Active
- 2020-10-06 BR BR112022006392A patent/BR112022006392A2/en unknown
- 2020-10-06 AU AU2020320296A patent/AU2020320296A1/en active Pending
- 2020-10-06 EP EP20847068.2A patent/EP4032293A4/en active Pending
- 2020-10-06 JP JP2022521328A patent/JP7413518B2/en active Active
- 2020-10-06 JP JP2022521011A patent/JP7404522B2/en active Active
- 2020-10-06 CN CN202210504805.4A patent/CN115580730B/en active Active
- 2020-10-06 CN CN202210537904.2A patent/CN115361558B/en active Active
- 2020-10-06 AU AU2020321174A patent/AU2020321174A1/en active Pending
- 2020-10-06 MX MX2022004140A patent/MX2022004140A/en unknown
- 2020-10-06 EP EP20847312.4A patent/EP4032294A4/en active Pending
- 2020-10-06 EP EP20845891.9A patent/EP4032292A4/en active Pending
- 2020-10-06 CN CN202080070510.XA patent/CN114586365A/en active Pending
- 2020-10-06 KR KR1020227015181A patent/KR20220070039A/en unknown
- 2020-10-06 AU AU2020319903A patent/AU2020319903A1/en active Pending
- 2020-10-06 CN CN202311323100.3A patent/CN117478892A/en active Pending
- 2020-10-06 KR KR1020227015319A patent/KR20220069114A/en active Search and Examination
- 2020-10-06 EP EP20847659.8A patent/EP4026335A4/en active Pending
- 2020-10-06 AU AU2020321996A patent/AU2020321996A1/en active Pending
- 2020-10-06 KR KR1020227015331A patent/KR20220070040A/en active Search and Examination
- 2020-10-06 JP JP2022521009A patent/JP7427774B2/en active Active
- 2020-10-06 CN CN202311326762.6A patent/CN117395428A/en active Pending
- 2020-10-06 CN CN202080070272.2A patent/CN114514750B/en active Active
- 2020-10-06 CN CN202080070412.6A patent/CN114556948A/en active Pending
- 2020-10-06 BR BR122022009663-8A patent/BR122022009663A2/en unknown
- 2020-10-06 CN CN202080070174.9A patent/CN114514749B/en active Active
- 2020-10-06 CN CN202080070362.1A patent/CN114556947B/en active Active
- 2020-10-06 CA CA3156988A patent/CA3156988A1/en active Pending
- 2020-10-06 CN CN202080070007.4A patent/CN114556946A/en active Pending
- 2020-10-06 IL IL292060A patent/IL292060A/en unknown
- 2020-10-06 AU AU2020323624A patent/AU2020323624A1/en active Pending
- 2020-10-06 BR BR112022006421A patent/BR112022006421A2/en unknown
- 2020-10-06 EP EP20847756.2A patent/EP4032295A4/en active Pending
- 2020-10-06 MX MX2022004141A patent/MX2022004141A/en unknown
- 2020-10-06 WO PCT/US2020/054449 patent/WO2021022268A2/en active Application Filing
- 2020-10-06 JP JP2022521178A patent/JP7419513B2/en active Active
- 2020-10-06 BR BR112022006393A patent/BR112022006393A2/en unknown
- 2020-10-06 BR BR122022009683-2A patent/BR122022009683A2/en unknown
- 2020-10-06 CN CN202311326541.9A patent/CN117651135A/en active Pending
- 2020-10-06 BR BR112022006419A patent/BR112022006419A2/en unknown
- 2020-10-06 WO PCT/US2020/054450 patent/WO2021022269A2/en active Application Filing
- 2020-10-06 WO PCT/US2020/054448 patent/WO2021022267A2/en active Application Filing
- 2020-10-06 AU AU2020322053A patent/AU2020322053A1/en active Pending
- 2020-10-06 WO PCT/US2020/054451 patent/WO2021022270A2/en active Application Filing
- 2020-10-06 WO PCT/US2020/054452 patent/WO2021022271A2/en active Application Filing
- 2020-10-06 BR BR112022006422A patent/BR112022006422A2/en unknown
- 2020-10-06 BR BR112022006389A patent/BR112022006389A2/en unknown
- 2020-10-06 JP JP2022521394A patent/JP7423764B2/en active Active
-
2022
- 2022-04-05 US US17/713,991 patent/US20220232258A1/en active Pending
- 2022-04-05 CL CL2022000858A patent/CL2022000858A1/en unknown
- 2022-04-05 US US17/714,008 patent/US20220239934A1/en active Pending
- 2022-04-05 CL CL2022000857A patent/CL2022000857A1/en unknown
- 2022-04-05 US US17/713,995 patent/US20220232259A1/en active Pending
- 2022-04-05 US US17/714,003 patent/US20220232240A1/en active Pending
- 2022-04-05 US US17/713,998 patent/US20220239938A1/en active Pending
- 2022-04-05 US US17/714,001 patent/US20220232239A1/en active Pending
- 2022-04-05 US US17/713,974 patent/US20220232257A1/en active Pending
- 2022-04-05 CL CL2022000859A patent/CL2022000859A1/en unknown
- 2022-04-05 CL CL2022000860A patent/CL2022000860A1/en unknown
-
2023
- 2023-12-13 JP JP2023210287A patent/JP2024019538A/en active Pending
- 2023-12-26 JP JP2023219098A patent/JP2024038112A/en active Pending
-
2024
- 2024-01-09 JP JP2024001380A patent/JP2024036348A/en active Pending
- 2024-01-17 JP JP2024005341A patent/JP2024040195A/en active Pending
- 2024-01-24 JP JP2024008764A patent/JP2024036399A/en active Pending
Also Published As
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| IL292060A (en) | Avoidance of redundant signaling in multi-layer video bitstreams | |
| US20220217394A1 (en) | HRD Parameters For Layer Based Conformance Testing | |
| US10397584B2 (en) | Method for decoding image and apparatus using same | |
| US20220217413A1 (en) | Signaling of Picture Header in Video Coding | |
| US11785220B2 (en) | Handling of multiple picture size and conformance windows for reference picture resampling in video coding | |
| US20220217384A1 (en) | Disallowing Unnecessary Layers in Multi-Layer Video Bitstreams | |
| US11849134B2 (en) | Signaling of DPB parameters for multi-layer video bitstreams | |
| US20220217375A1 (en) | Scalable Nesting SEI Messages For OLSs | |
| US11910022B2 (en) | Decoded picture buffer memory allocation and picture output in scalable video coding | |
| KR20220065045A (en) | OLS for multiview scalability | |
| US20220210477A1 (en) | Signaling subpicture ids in subpicture based video coding | |
| JP2023129535A (en) | Method, apparatus, and computer program for coding video data |